annual report - national government · 7 rert 21718 health professions council of south africa ms...

ANNUAL Report

Health Professions Council of South Africa

2017/18

Protecting the public and guiding the professions

1ANNUAL REPORT 2017/18


VALUES

In fulfilling its roles as a regulator, guide and advocate, as well as administration, the HPCSA holds the following values central to its functioning:

VISION

Quality and equitable healthcare for all

MOTTO

Protecting the public and guiding the professions

MISSION

To enhance the quality for all by developing strategic policy frameworks for effective co-ordination and guidance of the professions through:

• Setting healthcare standards for training and practise in the professions registered with Council;

• Fostering compliance with standards;

• Ensuring on-going professional competence; and

• Protecting the public through engagement in matters involving the rendering of health services.


Transparency

Rationality

Accountability

Consistency

Impartiality

Fairness

Respect

Dignity

Honesty

Integrity

Effectiveness

Professionality

Responsiveness

Efficiency

Re

gu

lato

rA

dm

inist

rato

rA

dvo

ca

te

& A

dvi

sor

2General Information


3.1 Advocacy Programmes .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 37 3.2 HPCSA Engagements with Regional, Continental

and International Stakeholders . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 39 3.2.1 International Association for Medical

Regulatory Authorities . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 39 3.2.2 World Medical Association .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 40 3.2.3 Association of Medical Councils of Africa

(AMCOA) .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 40 3.2.4 Southern African Development Community

(SADC) Region . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 41 3.2.5 Capacity Building and Benchmarking

Exercises .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 41 3.3 Publications .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 42 3.4 Media liaison, publicity and reputation

management.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 42 3.5 Customer Service and Service Delivery . .. . 43

4. INFRASTRUCTURE .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 43

5. COMPLAINTS MANAGEMENT, COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 44

5.1 Professional Conduct Inquiry . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 44 5.2 Backlog Project .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 465.3 High Profile Cases . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 46 5.4 Mediation .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 47 5.5 Law Enforcement and Compliance . .. .. .. .. . 51

5.5.1 Joint Inspections with other Law Enforcement Agencies.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 51

6. KEY POLICY DEVELOPMENT AND LEGISLATIVE CHANGES . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 52

PART BPERFORMANCE INFORMATION (continued)7. PERFORMANCE INFORMATION BY

PROGRAMME . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 567.1 Strategic Outcome Oriented Goals .. .. .. .. . 567.2 Programme 1 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 587.3 Programme 2 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 617.4 Programme 3 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 65 7.5 Programme 4 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 67

8. FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 69 8.1 Revenue .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 69 8.2 Expenses . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 69 8.3 Deficit Generated . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 698.4 Procurement Activities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 69

CONTENTS

PART AGENERALINFORMATION 1. THE HEALTH PROFESSIONS COUNCIL

OF SOUTH AFRICA (HPCSA) GENERAL INFORMATION . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 6

2. ABBREVIATIONS/ ACRONYMS . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 8

3. FOREWORD BY THE PRESIDENT .. .. .. .. .. .. . 10

4. REGISTRAR/ CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S OVERVIEW .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 14

5. COUNCILLOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES AND APPROVAL .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 17

6. STRATEGIC OVERVIEW .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 18

Vision .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 18

Mission . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 18

Values .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 18

7. LEGISLATIVE AND OTHER MANDATES .. .. . 18

8. POLICY MANDATE .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 21

9. NATIONAL DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH STRATEGIC PLAN AND MEDIUM TERM STRATEGIC FRAMEWORK .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 21

10. ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE . .. .. .. .. .. . 24

PART BPERFORMANCE INFORMATION 1. SITUATIONAL ANALYSIS .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 30

1.1 Service Delivery Environment and Organisational Environment .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 30

2. OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 302.1 Performance Overview.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 302.2 Registration of Health Practitioners.. .. .. .. . 31

2.2.1 In – house Registration .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 31 2.2.2 Off Site Registration.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 31 2.2.3 Registration Growth Statistics April 2017 –

March 2018 . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 32 2.3 Continuing Professional Development

(CPD) .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 36 2.4 Document Management .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 37

3. ADVOCACY AND STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 37



PART CPROFESSIONAL BOARDSOverview of Professional Boards . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 72

Dental Assisting, Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene 73

Dietetics and Nutrition .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 78

Emergency Care .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 81

Environmental Health Practitioners .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 86

Medical and Dental Professions . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 89

Medical Technology .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 93

Occupational Therapy, Medical Orthotics and Prosthetics and Arts Therapy .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 96

Optometry and Dispensing Opticians .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 100

Physiotherapy, Podiatry and Biokinetics .. .. .. .. .. .. 106

Psychology .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 110

Radiography and Clinical Technology.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 118

Speech, Language and Hearing Professions . .. .. .. .. 123

PART DGOVERNANCE 1. INTRODUCTION .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 128

2. EXECUTIVE AUTHORITY.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 128

3. ACCOUNTING AUTHORITY/ COUNCIL. .. 128

4. COUNCIL CHARTER .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 129

5. COMPOSITION .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 129

6. COUNCIL AND COUNCIL COMMITTEES MEETINGS. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 132

7. RISK MANAGEMENT .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 138

8. INTERNAL AUDIT AND AUDIT COMMITTEES . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 138

9. 2017/18 KEY RISKS FACING THE ORGANISATION . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 139

10. FRAUD AND CORRUPTION.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 140

11. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 140

12. MINIMISING CONFLICT OF INTEREST . .. .. 141

13. CODE OF CONDUCT .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 141

14. HEALTH AND SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 141

15. COUNCIL SECRETARIAT .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 142

16. CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY .. .. 142

PART EHUMAN

RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 1. INTRODUCTION .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 144

1.1 Pension and Provident Fund .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 1441.2 Employee Perfomance Management

Framework .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 144 1.3 Employees Wellness Programmes .. .. .. .. .. 144 1.4 Policy Development . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 145 1.5 Human Resources Priorities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 145 1.6 Challenges faced by the HPCSA on HR

matters . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 145 1.7 Future Human Resources Plans/ Goals .. .. 145

2. HUMAN RESOURCE OVERSIGHT STATISTICS .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 146

2.1 Personnel Costs by Salary .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 146 2.2 Performance Rewards. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 146 2.3 Training Costs.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 146 2.4 Employment and Vacancies .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 147

2.4.1 Recruitment .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 147 2.4.2 Vacancies .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 148 2.4.3 Equity Target and Employment Equity

Status .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 148 2.5 Employment Changes . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 149 2.6 Reasons for Staff leaving .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 150 2.7 Labour Relations: Misconduct and Disciplinary

Actions . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 150 2.8 Bargaining Forum .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 150 2.9 Transformation Task Team (TTT) . .. .. .. .. .. 150

PART F

FINANCIAL INFORMATION AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT .. .. .. .. 156

AUDITOR’S REPORT .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 159

COUNCILOR’S REPORT . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 162

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . .. .. .. .. .. .. 164

General Information

Part A



1. GENERAL INFORMATION

Country of incorporation and domicile South Africa

Nature of business and Health Professions Regulator

Dental Assisting, Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene Dr Tufayl Ahmed Muslim

Dietetics and Nutrition Prof. Sussana Hanekom

Emergency Care Mr Lesiba Arnold Malotana (Vice President)

Mrs Dagmar Muhlbauer

Mr Simphiwe Sobuwa

Environmental Health Practitioners Ms Duduzile Julia Sebidi

Medical and Dental Dr Tebogo Kgosietsile Solomon Letlape (President)

Prof. Yusuf Ismail Osman

Dr Reno Lance Morar

Medical Technology Mr Molefe Aubrey William Louw

Optometry and Dispensing Opticians Mr Maemo Kobe

Occupational Therapy, Medical Orthotics, Prosthetics and Arts Therapy Ms Martha Susanna van Niekerk

Psychology Prof Basil Joseph Pillay

Physiotherapy, Podiatry and Biokinetics Ms Nokuzola Doris Dantile

Radiography and Clinical Technology Ms Aladdin Speelman

Speech, Language and Hearing Dr Sadna Balton

Community Representative not registered in terms of the Act Ms Xoliswa Bacela

Mr Ketso Obed Tsekeli

Ms Ruth Maphosa Gontsana

Ms Julia Mmaphuti Nare

Adv. Tebogo Mafafo

Prof. Nobelungu Julia Mekwa

Ms. Marie Mercia Isaacs

PART A: GENERAL INFORMATION



Ms Mmanape Mothapo (appointed July 2017)

Dr Anusha Lucen *(Appointed July 2017)

Department of Higher Education and Training Ms. Jean Skene (temporary replacement)

Department of Health Dr Aquina Thulare *(Appointed February 2017)

Person versed in law Mr Sello Ramasala

Persons appointed by Universities South Africa (Higher Education South Africa) now Universities South Africa (USAF) Prof. Khaya Mfenyana

Prof. Nomthandazo Gwele

Prof. Gert Jacobus van Zyl

South African Military Services Major–General Zola Dabula *(Appointed June 2016)

Registered office 553 Madiba Street

Cnr Hamilton and Madiba Street

Arcadia

0001

Postal address P O Box 205

Pretoria

0001

Bankers ABSA Bank Limited

Auditors Morar Incorporated

Chartered Accountants (SA)

Registered Auditor

Company Secretary Mr Ntsikelelo Sipeka

Preparer of the Annual Financial Statement The annual financial statements were internally compiled by:

Ms M de Graaff

Chief Financial Officer

Website www.hpcsa.co.za



2. Abbreviations and Acronyms

AEA Ambulance Emergency Assistant

AMCOA Association of Medical Councils of Africa

API Application Programming Interface

APP Annual Performance Plan

ARCOM Audit and Risk Committee

ATP Association of Test Publishers

AVE Advertising Value Equivalent

BAA Basic Ambulance Assistants

BBBEE Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment

BHF Board of Healthcare Funders

BPC Business Practice Committee

BPR Business Process Re-engineering

CEO Chief Executive Officer

CEU Continuing Educational Units

CHE Council on Higher Education

CIO Chief Information Officer

CMS Committee for Medical Science

CPD Continuing Professional Development

CSIR Council for Scientific and Industrial Research

CPUT Cape Peninsula University of Technology

CSR Corporate Social Responsibility

CUT, FS Central University of Technology, Free State

DENTASA Dental Technicians Association of South Africa

DHET Department of Higher Education and Training

DPCI Directorate for Priority Crimes Investigation Unit

DUT Durban University of Technology

EAP Employee Assistance Programme

ECG Electro-Cardiographic

EE Employment Equity

EEG Electro-Encephalographic

EHA Environmental Health Assistant

EHDI Early Hearing Detection and Intervention

EHP Environmental Health Practitioner

EHRP Human Rights, Ethics and Professional Practices

EMC Emergency Medical Care

ERC Education and Registration Committee

ERM Enterprise Risk Management

ETQA Education, Training and Quality Assurance Committee

ETRCD Education, Training and Registration Committee (Dental)

EXCO Executive Committee (of Council)

FINCOM Finance and Investment Committee

FSB Financial Services Board

FSMB Federation of State Medical Boards

FWM Foreign Workforce Management

HASA Hospital Association of South Africa

HEI Higher Education Institution

HEQSF Higher Education Qualifications Sub-Framework

HPCSA Health Professions Council of South Africa

HRP Human Rights, Ethics and Professional Practice Committee

HWSETA Health and Welfare Sector Education and Training Authority

IAMRA International Association of Medical Regulatory Authorities

ICT Com ICT Steering Committee

IHF International Hospital Federation

IMC Internal Management Committee

INTPRA International Physiotherapy Regulators

IT Information Technology

JASA Justice Alliance of South Africa

KPI Key Performance Indicator

MANCO Council Management Committee

MCC Medicines Control Council

MDB Medical and Dental Professions Board

MoL Maintenance of Licensure

MoU Memorandum of Understanding

MPS Medical Protection Society

MTSF Medium Term Strategic Framework

MTT Ministerial Task Team

MUT Mangosuthu University of Technology

NDoH National Department of Health

NDP National Development Plan

NECET National Emergency Care Education and Training

NED Non-Executive Director

NEHAWU National Education, Health Allied Workers Union

NHI National Health Insurance

NMU Nelson Mandela University

NRF National Rehabilitation Forum

OECO Operational Emergency Care Orderlies

OHASA Oral Hygienists’ Association of South African

OHS Occupational Health and Safety

OHSCC Oral Health Stakeholders Consultative Committee

OTASA Occupational Therapy Association of South Africa



PAPU Pan-African Psychology Union

PBDOH Professional Board Dental Assisting, Dental Therapy & Oral Hygiene

PCR Professional Conduct Review Committee

PDP Professional Driving Permit

PETM Postgraduate Education and Training – Medical

PHSDSBC Public Health and Social Development Sectoral Bargaining Council

PoE Portfolio of Evidence

PPFCOM Pension and Provident Fund Committee

PRI Primary Rate Interface

Prop Com Property Committee

PsySSA Psychological Society of South Africa

RAF Road Accident Fund

RCT Radiography and Clinical Technology

ReLPAG Recognition of Lifelong Learning in Psychology Action Group Alliance

REMCO Human Resources and Remuneration Committee

RTMC Road Traffic Management Corporation

RU Regulatory Universe

SACDA South African Career Development Association

SADA South African Dental Association

SADC Southern African Development Community

SADTA South African Dental Therapists Association

SAEPU South African Emergency Personnel Union

SAHRC South African Human Rights Commission

SALGA South African Local Government Association

SANATO South African Network of Arts Therapy Organisations

SAPS South African Police Services

SAQA South African Qualifications Authority

SAVC South African Veterinary Council

SGB Standard Generating Body

SIOPSA Society for Industrial and Organisational Psychology of South Africa

SIP Session Initiation Protocol

SMLTSA Society of Medical Laboratory Technologists of South Africa

SOP Standard Operating Plan

SORSA Society of Radiography of South Africa

TB Tuberculosis

UETM Undergraduate Education and Training – Medical

UJ University of Johannesburg

WIL Work Integrated Learning



3. Foreword By The President

It is with immense pleasure that I present the Health Professional Council of South Africa (HPCSA) Annual Report and Audited Financial Statements for the 2017/18 financial year. I trust that you will find the Report informative as its purpose is to give an account of the HPCSA’s performance in line with its legislative mandate, and reflect on some of the key achievements and challenges experienced during the period under review. It can be observed from this Report that the HPCSA continues to make a discernible impact in the healthcare fraternity and by extension protect the lives of the public.

The year 2017/18 was another momentous year for the HPCSA, as the organisation continued to discharge its mandate as encapsulated in the Health Professions Act, No. 56 of 1974. The HPCSA received yet another unqualified finding, which is a clear demonstration that the HPCSA upholds principles of a clean administration, fiscal prudence, good governance, effective internal controls and a clear commitment to accountability and transparency.

Not only is this of utmost importance to the HPCSA, but it is the best way to deliver an effective, efficient and professional service to our key stakeholders – the practitioners. These practitioners have entrusted us with a responsibility to manage their resources in an efficient and an effective manner - their interests are at the core of what we do and our commitment to improve is driven by their needs and requirements.

For the robust and comprehensive accountability framework, the HPCSA subscribes and uphold the principles of good governance as espoused in the King IV Report.

1. The HPCSA Turnaround Project

In 2015, the Minister of Health, Dr Aaron Motsoaledi, established a Ministerial Task Team (MTT) whose findings and recommendations were considered and implemented by the HPCSA. Some of the key recommendations of the MTT required the HPCSA to establish a functional registration system, streamline the process for examinations and recognition of qualifications as well as restore the integrity of the system for professional conduct inquiries, amongst others.

In addition, the Team recommended an overhaul of the information communication technology, data and records management systems and for the need for additional space to create a conducive human resource environment to be addressed. We are pleased to report that pursuant to this, a service provider was appointed to assist the HPCSA to implement this recommendation through a Turnaround Strategy. Phase One of the Turnaround process was successfully implemented and Phase 2 of the Project has already commenced. In the Client Satisfaction Survey conducted in 2017, the practitioners indicated that they were experiencing significant changes in efficiencies brought about by the Turnaround Project.

2. Regulatory function

Regulation plays a key role in the healthcare industry, and the primary reason for healthcare regulation is to ensure that the care provided by healthcare practitioners and healthcare facilities are safe and effective for all who access the healthcare system.

The HPCSA is a body entrusted with a responsibility to protect the public at all levels from a number of health risks and to provide numerous programmes for public health and welfare. The HPCSA is empowered by the Health Professions Act to develop healthcare regulations that govern not only the public service, but the private sector as well. These regulations and standards are necessary to ensure compliance and to provide



safe health care for all who can access the system, as enshrined in the HPCSA vision.

Moreover, the regulations confer on the HPCSA as the healthcare regulatory body to monitor practitioners and their facilities, provide information about the industry changes to the Minister of Health, promote safety and ensure legal compliance and quality services. To this end, the HPCSA will continue to lobby the Minister of Health to promulgate various regulatory and legislative amendments that will assist the HPCSA to become more efficient and effective in the handling of complaints. Through its advocacy programmes, the HPCSA will engage the Minister to entrust the HPCSA with legislation that empowers it to regulate the practice facilities of practitioners so that the HPCSA will know where these practices are and ensure that they are of suitable standard for patient care. Legislation to be promulgated to ensure that the HPCSA can better deal with complaints, but that would also ensure that the HPCSA has oversight over the practising environment and the physical premises where practitioners practice.

The HPCSA has noted with concern a trend where prospective South African students enrol at institutions of higher learning which are not accredited by the HPCSA. The HPCSA urges parents and students to first investigate, through the HPCSA, the accreditation status of those institutions they intend registering with. This is to avoid instances where graduates, upon return to the country, are unable to complete their clinical training by not having clinical exposure and internship opportunities, as the institutions where their qualifications were obtained are not recognised by the HPCSA.

3. Working conditions of Practitioners

As the healthcare regulator, the HPCSA noted with concern the working conditions of practitioners. The HPCSA expects practitioners to conduct themselves in an ethical manner and has noted that most working environments are characterised by interferences, which leads practitioners to conduct themselves in manners that are in conflict with the prescribes of the HPCSA rules and regulations. The HPCSA will, therefore, continue to engage more on its advocacy role for better working conditions for practitioners both in the

public and private sectors.

Another concern that the HPCSA observed is that of alleged racism, sexism and bullying that is taking place in the training platforms. It was brought to the attention of the HPCSA that many healthcare practitioners and medical students in particular, experience racism, bullying and discrimination in their workplaces, often from senior colleagues and training supervisors. It is regrettable that practitioners get subjected to such experiences on daily basis. The HPCSA has noted further that these cases are often not reported due to the power imbalance between junior doctors and their supervisors and the risks involved in speaking up against senior medical staff. The HPCSA reflected on this matter and has engaged the South African Human Rights Commission (SAHRC) to investigate these allegations at the training institutions.

Related to that is the HPCSA’s concern about the health of the healthcare providers. The healthcare environment faces challenges of shortages of human capacity, and, as a result, there is a huge competition for talent in the industry. The work environment is a crucial factor and it affects the quality of care both directly and indirectly. It is therefore incumbent that the healthcare industry provides a safe, conducive and supportive environment that will enable the healthcare practitioners to perform optimally to provide high–quality health services. The stress related to morbidity and mortality of our practitioners is concerning. As a regulator, we call on the authorities within the industry to prioritise the promotion of a healthy balance between work and family life as well as the protection of practitioners’ health. As the HPCSA, we encourage healthcare practitioners to create an environment where they can support one another to cope with challenges and pressures at their various work places. We appreciate the work that the Health Committee of Council is doing in assisting practitioners who are struggling with these health issues and might be impaired. The HPCSA will continue to support in assisting practitioners to take care of themselves and to advocate for safe and supportive working

environments for all healthcare professionals.



4. Supernumerary Category

The HPCSA noted with concern the current trend in which the Supernumerary Category is being misused by certain practitioners and some institutions of higher learning. A Supernumerary post is a training post which is above and outside of the training numbers in South Africa that the South African government has agreed to create to assist African countries that cannot train their own Specialists to train on South Africa’s platform at the expense of their respective governments. Once the training is completed, the Supernumerary Registrars are then required to return to their countries of origin where they will be eligible to practice. The HPCSA urges practitioners and institutions of higher learning to use this category for the purposes that it was intended for.

5. The Medical Schemes Amendment Bill and the National Health Insurance Bill

The Medical Scheme Amendment Bill was gazetted for public comment by the Minister of Health. These amendments are intended to give greater protection to medical scheme members and to ensure that the premiums are spent on healthcare rather than on broker fees or accumulating medical scheme reserves. Coupled with this was the introduction of the National Health Insurance Bill. The National Health Act, No. 62 of 2003, provides a framework for a structured, uniform health system for South Africa, whose essence is that the rich should subsidise the poor and ensure that measures to strengthen governance of the medical schemes are put in place.

The HPCSA continues to play a meaningful role in making contributions to the Medical Schemes Amendment Bill and, in particular, to the National Health Insurance. The HPCSA plays a pivotal role in promoting the provisions in the National Health Act by providing the human resources required for the implementation of the NHI and advocating for the rights and duties of the users of the healthcare personnel as set out in Chapter

2 of the National Health Act.

6. International relations

South Africa is seen by the international community as one of the most influential countries in Sub-Saharan Africa, as it continues to maintain and build relationships with other African countries and the world to foster improved collaboration and synergy.

Within the healthcare regulatory environment, the HPCSA is playing a significant role and is seen as a resource for sharing best practice methods by other Regulatory Bodies and Medical Councils in Africa and the world. Without a doubt, the HPCSA continues to play a significant role in the healthcare industry on the continent and globally. The HPCSA remains a driving force in most for a and is considered one of the vanguards on key issues within the healthcare regulatory framework.

The HPCSA is continuing to create common assessment platforms for the assessment of practitioners for registration purposes. The HPCSA is engaged in improving platforms for foreign qualified practitioners.

Acknowledgements

I would like to express a special word of gratitude, first and foremost to the Minister of Health, Dr Aaron Motsoaledi for his continued unwavering support, leadership and guidance to the HPCSA in discharging its mandate of protecting the public and guiding the professions. In Parliament, the HPCSA engaged when required with the Portfolio Committee on Health whose wise counsel and support is also appreciated.

The HPCSA worked hard to set the benchmark for healthcare regulatory environment and for best practices in all spheres of its activities. The results that were articulated in the report would not have been possible without the guidance of the HPCSA Council and the work of the various Professional Boards. I thank Council for providing the strategic direction to the HPCSA. To the Professional Boards, a special thanks for continuing to control and exercise authority in respect of all matters affecting the education, training, and practice of persons in any health professions falling within their ambits.



Let me thank the Secretariat, a dedicated team under the leadership of the Adv. Phelelani Khumalo, who had oversight role of the day to day activities to ensure that the organisation achieves the goals that it set for itself.

I continue to look forward to leading the HPCSA, working with the Professional Boards and the Management Team to further improve our work as the regulatory body and enhance the position and standing of the HPCSA within the regulatory environment; in the country and the world.

Thank you

DR TKS LETLAPE PRESIDENT: HEALTH PROFESSIONS COUNCIL OF SOUTH AFRICA



4. Registrar/ Chief Executive Officer’s Overview

Introduction

This Annual Report represents a significant milestone in ensuring that the HPCSA delivers on its Strategic Objectives as espoused in the Strategic Plan Document for 2015/16 – 2020/21. Not only is this Annual Report important in terms of attaining the goals set, but also because this was the second Annual Report that I am presenting, after Council entrusted me with a key role to strategically provide direction to this important regulatory body in the healthcare environment as its Acting Registrar/ CEO.

I am humbled by the confidence that Council had in my capabilities to lead this organisation in the direction in which it can fully discharge its mandate in an efficient, effective, professional and responsive manner.

In the year under review, the HPCSA continued to deliver on its regulatory mandate of guiding and regulating the healthcare professions in the country in aspects pertaining to registration, education and training, professional conduct and ethical behaviour, ensuring continuing professional development. In its endeavor to protect the public, the HPCSA stepped up its efforts to foster compliance with the healthcare standards. This was to ensure that the South African public is given the assurance that the healthcare practitioners are appropriately trained, qualified, competent and practicing within their scopes of

practice in accordance with their training and abilities.

HPCSA Strategic Focus

The period under review was a productive one for the HPCSA as the organisation responded positively both to its internal ongoing developments and the ever-evolving external dynamics within the healthcare environment. The HPCSA Strategy, which was adopted at the beginning of the 2016/17 financial period, reinforced the HPCSA’s position of being an advisor, advocate and administrator, as well as bringing about greater efficiency in the manner that it operates in the healthcare regulatory environment, particularly in the delivery of efficient and effective performance against predetermined objectives. This did not come without some minor challenges; however, the HPCSA managed to rise above those challenges and remained committed to continuously striving for improvement, particularly in serving our key stakeholders - the practitioners. As the HPCSA present this Report, it can look back at the achievements attained in the preceding year and be confident that the strategic direction it has chosen was sound.

HPCSA Turnaround

To improve the performance delivery environment of the HPCSA, Council embarked on a Turnaround Strategy to improve its business model and enhance its functioning. Although the strategic objectives have remained the same, the targets for some indicators have been updated due to the shift towards a turn-around strategy in order to improve on service delivery to the practitioners and the public.

Since our employees are our major asset, a Turnaround Accord with Labour – National Education, Health Allied Workers Union (NEHAWU) - was signed. This was to ensure a streamlined and seamless management of issues around conditions of service emanating from the Turnaround Strategy, but also to ensure that turnaround process was conducted in a transparent, fair and inclusive manner. Of paramount importance, was the need for consultation and information sharing as well as for mechanisms to mitigate the effects of the turnaround process. The Turnaround process will be concluded in the first quarter of the next



reporting period. The organisational structure, processes and governance were reviewed and re-aligned to achieve maximum efficiency in our service delivery to our stakeholders.

Part of the Turnaround Programme was the launching of the Online Renewal and Payment Portal in March 2017. The Online Renewal and Payment Portal allowed practitioners an opportunity to access the HPCSA services at the convenience of their homes, in their offices and in their practices. We are proud to report that since the launch, over 114 500 practitioners have utilised the portal. While the primary focus of the portal is to provide an easier renewal platform for practitioners, it has another functionality of cleaning up the overall practitioner database and provide updated contact details. In this way, the HPCSA will be certain that practitioners’ details are accurate and will enable Council to reach more practitioners through electronic means.

The HPCSA believes that the Online Renewal Portal forms the basis for future interaction with the healthcare practitioners and other stakeholders, such as employers of the practitioners.

In terms of infrastructure, a property roadmap was developed to curb the current office space challenges and expand the current property portfolio. The size of the new building will be aligned to the new organisational structure as determined by the Business Process Re-engineering. For improved internet connectivity, the HPCSA Network Infrastructure was replaced by the new Fibre Optic infrastructure. The telephony infrastructure was converted from traditional Primary Rate Interface (PRI) to Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) for improved integrated communication services.

Performance Overview

As a result of the Business Process Re-engineering, the HPCSA rationalised its operations to ensure that all tasks that result in the registration of a practitioner start and end within registrations. As part of this process, it was necessary that Committees of the various Professional Boards have clearly defined guidelines within which Council Secretariat would be able to discharge their mandate without constantly referring issues

to Committees. As a result of this process, the turnaround times on certain types of applications have been reduced and the services provided to practitioners have considerably improved.

Finance and Procurement

During the year under review, the revenue increased by 10% from R212.7 million to R234.6 million and the investment revenue declined by 5% from R22.5 million to R21.5 million compared to the previous financial year. The revenue from annual fees increased by 8% from R177.5 million to R192.3 million mainly due to the increase in membership fees. Registration fees revenue also increased from R18.8 million to R22.2 million. Fees from penalties imposed on practitioners decreased from R2.9 million to R2.0 million. The HPCSA also complied with Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment requirements wherein 64% its total spent was on companies from Level 1 to Level 3 BBBEE ratings.

Advocacy and Stakeholder Engagement

Advocacy and stakeholder engagement was one of the strategic objectives for the HPCSA. For the HPCSA to remain relevant and survive within the healthcare environment, it requires regular interaction with its stakeholders.

In the period under review, the HPCSA developed a stakeholder engagement strategy to guide its engagement with both internal and external stakeholders. This was to ensure that the relevant information is conveyed, especially when major decisions have to be implemented. At the close of the reporting period, the Strategy was forwarded to the relevant Committees for consideration.

South Africa is seen by the international community as one of the most influential countries in Sub-Saharan Africa. Within the healthcare regulatory environment, the HPCSA continued to play an important role of being one of the leading bodies for benchmarking exercises and a resource for sharing best practice methods by other Regulatory Bodies and Medical Councils in Africa and the world. As a result, the HPCSA continued to be considered one of the vanguards for advocacy programmes of protecting the public and guiding the professions, as well as creating platforms for engagements to benefit



the healthcare regulatory environment.

Registrations

The registration growth statistics in the year under review stands at 248 512, a slight increase from 242 365 from the previous reporting period. This increase can be attributed to the promulgation of the regulations relating to the qualifications within the Emergency Care Board by the Minister of Health. From the Medical and Dental Professions Board (MDB), there was renewed commitment to assist South Africans who obtained their basic medical qualification outside of the country, to complete their training in the country to enable these practitioners to launch their medical careers.

Risk Management

The HPCSA matured in its management of risks. In the year under review, Council approved the Enterprise Risk Management Policy Framework to ensure that the HPCSA sustains a comprehensive risk management framework and strategy to meet both legislative and best business practice requirements. The HPCSA also developed and approved a Compliance Management Policy Framework to ensure that the compliance risks are identified and effectively managed on an ongoing basis.

Corporate Social Responsibility

The HPCSA once again committed to the development, nation building and improving the lives of communities in which it operates. In discharging its social responsibility role, the HPCSA donated sanitary pads to girls from disadvantaged backgrounds at two schools in Soshanguve, north of Pretoria. This was in response to the call and reports that many young girls in South Africa were forced to stay away from school during their menstruation as they were unable to afford sanitary pads.

The HPCSA also participated in the International Nelson Mandela Day by identifying two primary schools in Ga-Rankuwa and Soshanguve for the vegetable garden projects.

Inspectorate Office

In the reporting period, the HPCSA continued to foster and enforce compliance by practitioners in line with the provisions of the Health Professions Act, 1974. The HPCSA worked closely with other law enforcement to ensure that people who continue to tarnish the image of the healthcare professions are brought to book.

Clean Audit

The HPCSA has achieved another unqualified clean audit for the fourth successive year. We acknowledge the hard work and commitment of the Council, its committees, executive management, the finance team and other departments in ensuring that this clean audit was attained.

Acknowledgements

It is my privilege to thank our President Dr Kgosi Letlape and the Vice-President Mr. Arnold Malotana and Council for their continued leadership and guidance. I thank and congratulate the Management for the splendid contribution made during the year under review to the success of the HPCSA.

Thank you to HPCSA employees, who dedicated their work to excellence. All of this could not have been achieved without your hard work.

To all other stakeholders, I wish to express appreciation for their support and assistance in the past year in helping HPCSA render an excellent service to all the healthcare practitioners. The HPCSA looks forward to the next fiscal year with great optimism, ready to improve its performance to a higher trajectory.

Thank you.

ADV. FP KHUMALO ACTING REGISTRAR/CEO



5. Councilors’ Responsibilities and Approval

The Registrar is required in terms of the Health Professions Act no 56 of 1974 to maintain adequate accounting records and is responsible for the content and integrity of the annual financial statements and related financial information included in this report. It is his responsibility to ensure that the annual financial statements fairly present the state of affairs of the Council as at the end of the financial year and the results of its operations and cash flows for the period then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards. The external auditors are engaged to express an independent opinion on the annual financial statements.

The annual financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and are based upon appropriate accounting policies consistently applied and supported by reasonable and prudent judgements and estimates.

The Registrar acknowledge that he is ultimately responsible for the system of internal financial control established by the Council and place considerable importance on maintaining a strong control environment. To enable the Registrar to meet these responsibilities, the set standards for internal control aimed at reducing the risk of error or loss in a cost effective manner. The standards include the proper delegation of responsibilities within a clearly defined framework, effective accounting procedures and adequate segregation of duties to ensure an acceptable level of risk. These controls are monitored throughout the Council and all employees are required to maintain the highest ethical standards in ensuring the Council’s business is conducted in a manner that in all reasonable circumstances is above reproach. The focus of risk management in the Council is on identifying, assessing, managing and monitoring all known forms of risk across the Council. While operating risk cannot be fully eliminated, the Council endeavours to minimise it by ensuring that appropriate infrastructure, controls, systems and ethical behaviour are applied and managed within predetermined procedures and constraints.

The Registrar is of the opinion, based on the information and explanations given by management, that the system of internal control provides reasonable assurance that the financial records may be relied on for the preparation of the annual financial statements. However, any system of internal financial control can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.

The Registrar has reviewed the Council’s cash flow forecast for the year to 31 March 2019 and, in light of this review and the current financial position, he is satisfied that the Council has or had access to adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future.

The external auditors are responsible for independently auditing and reporting on the Council’s annual financial statements. The annual financial statements have been examined by the Council’s external auditors and their report is presented on pages 159-161.

The annual financial statements set out on pages 153 to 194, which have been prepared on the going concern basis, were approved by the Council on 28 September 2018 and were signed on their behalf by:

Approval of financial statements

Dr TKS LetlapePresident: HPCSA



6. Strategic Overview

VISION

Quality and Equitable Healthcare for All

MISSION

To enhance the quality of healthcare for all by developing strategic policy frameworks for effective and efficient co-ordination and guidance of the professions through:

• Setting contextually relevant healthcare training and practice standards for registered professions

• Ensuring compliance with standards

• Fostering on-going professional development and competence

• Protecting the public in matters involving the rendering of health services

• Public and stakeholder engagement

• Upholding and maintaining ethical and professional standards within the health professions

MOTTO

“Protecting the Public and Guiding the Professions”

VALUES

In fulfilling its roles of regulator, guide & advocate and administrator, the HPCSA holds the following values central to its functioning:


Transparency

Rationality

Accountability

Consistency

Impartiality

Fairness

Respect

Dignity

Honesty

Integrity

Effectiveness

Professionality

Responsiveness

Efficiency

Re

gu

lato

rA

dm

inist

rato

rA

dvo

ca

te

& A

dvi

sor

7. LEGISLATIVE AND OTHER MANDATES

The Health Professions Council of South Africa (HPCSA), is a statutory body established in terms of the Health Professions Act, 56 of 1974 (as amended). Its mandate is to regulate the healthcare professions in the country in aspects pertaining to education, training and registration, professional conduct and ethical behavior, ensuring continuing professional development (CPD), and fostering compliance with healthcare standards.

7.1 LEGISLATIVE MANDATE

7.1.1 Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996

The HPCSA derives its constitutional mandate from Section 27 of the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996 (Act No 108 of 1996), which provides that: everyone has the right to have access to healthcare services, including reproductive healthcare.

7.1.2 National Health Act No. 61 of 2003

The National Health Act, 61 of 2003 provides a framework for a structured, uniform health system for South Africa. The HPCSA plays a pivotal role in promoting the provisions in the Act through:

a) Advocating for the rights and duties of users and Health Care Personnel as set out in Chapter 2 of the National Health Act;

b) Assisting the Minister of Health in setting Regulations relating to Human Resources as per Chapter 7, Section 52 of the National Health Act;

c) Representation at the Forum of Statutory Health Professional Councils and ensuring that it meets the responsibilities as set out in Chapter 7, Section 50 of the National Health Act; and

d) Collaborating with other Health Councils and statutory bodies provided for in the National Health Act.



7.1.3 The Health Professions Act No. 56 of 1974 (as amended)

The Health Professions Council of South Africa (HPCSA) derives its mandate from the Health Professions Act, 56 of 1974 (as amended). The Act seeks to provide for control over the education, training and registration for and practising of healthcare professions registered under the Act; and to provide for matters incidental thereto.

The objects and functions as per the Health Professions Act, 56 of 1974 (as amended) for constituents of the HPCSA, namely Council and its Professional Boards are as follows:

7.2 OBJECTIVES AND FUNCTIONS OF COUNCIL

7.2.1 Objects and functions of Council are:

a) To co-ordinate the activities of the Professional Boards established in terms of this Act and to act as an advisory and communicatory body for such Professional Boards;

b) To promote and to regulate inter-professional liaison between health professions in the interest of the public;

c) To determine strategic policy in accordance with the national health policy as determined by the Minister, and to make decisions in terms thereof, with regard to the Professional Boards and the health professions, for matters such as finance, education, training, registration, ethics and professional conduct, disciplinary procedure, scope of the professions, inter-professional matters and maintenance of professional competence;

d) To consult and liaise with relevant authorities on matters affecting the Professional Boards in general;

e) To assist in the promotion of the health of the population of the Republic;

f) Subject to legislation regulating healthcare providers and consistency with national policy determined by the Minister, to control and to exercise authority in respect of all matters affecting the education and training of persons in, and the manner of the exercise of the practices pursued in connection with, the diagnosis, treatment or prevention of physical or mental defects, illnesses or deficiencies in human kind;

g) To promote liaison in the field of education and training referred to in paragraph (f), both in the Republic and elsewhere, and to promote the standards of such education and training in the Republic;

h) To advise the Minister on any matter falling within the scope of this Act in order to support the universal norms and values of health professions, with greater emphasis on professional practice, democracy, transparency, equity, accessibility and community involvement;

i) To communicate to the Minister information of public importance acquired by Council in the course of the performance of its functions under this Act;

j) To serve and protect the public in matters involving the rendering of healthcare services by persons practising a health profession;

k) To exercise its powers and discharge its responsibilities in the best interest of the public and in accordance with national health policy determined by the Minister;

l) To be transparent and accountable to the public in achieving its objectives and when performing its functions and exercising its powers;

m) To uphold and maintain professional and ethical standards within the healthcare professions;

n) To ensure the investigation of complaints concerning persons registered in terms of this Act and to ensure that appropriate disciplinary action is taken against such persons in accordance with this Act in order



to protect the interest of the public;

o) To ensure that persons registered in terms of this Act behave towards users of healthcare services in a manner that respects their constitutional rights to human dignity, bodily and psychological integrity and equality, and that disciplinary action is taken against persons who fail to act accordingly;

p) To submit to the Minister-

i. A five-year strategic plan within six months of Council coming into office, which includes details as to how Council plans to fulfil its objectives under this Act;

ii. Every six months, a report on the status of the healthcare professions and on matters of public importance that have come to the attention of Council in the course of the performance of its functions under this Act;

iii. An annual report within six months of the end of the financial year;

q) To ensure that an annual budget for Council and Professional Boards is drawn up and that Council and Professional Boards operate within the parameters of such budget.



8. POLICY MANDATE

The HPCSA is influenced by national policies and plans, including, but not limited to, the National Development Plan (NDP), National Department of Health (NDoH) Strategic Plan and the Medium Term Strategic Framework (MTSF).

8.1 National Development Plan 2030 (NDP)

The National Development Plan (NDP) is the focal policy framework as highlighted in the 2016 Budget Speech. It is the overarching South African Plan to which the National Department of Health (NDOH) as well as other departments and entities need to align in order to achieve the stated outcomes. The NDP’s Vision for 2030 in relation to health includes:

• Raising the life expectancy to at least 70 years;

• Ensuring that the generation of under-20s is largely free of HIV;

• Significantly reducing the burden of disease; and

• Achieving an infant mortality rate of less than 20 deaths per 1000 live births, and an under-5 mortality rate of less than 30 per 1000.

The NDP further sets goals for 2030 in relation, but not limited to:

• Universal Health Coverage, and

• Posts filled with skilled, committed and competent individuals.

The HPCSA will be contributing to the National Development Policy by actively advocating to practitioners and the public to ensure adequately qualified professionals are developed and available.

8.2 National Health Insurance (NHI)

The National Health Insurance (NHI) is a health financing system that is designed to pool funds to provide access to quality, affordable personal health services for all South Africans based on their health needs, irrespective of their socio-economic status. The NHI seeks to realise universal health coverage for all South Africans, which means that every South African will have the right

to access comprehensive healthcare services free of charge at the point of use at accredited health facilities, such as clinics, hospitals and private health practitioners. The services will be delivered in areas closest to where people live or work. Funding for the NHI will be through a combination of various mandatory pre- payment sources, primarily based on general tax.

The HPCSA and its Professional Boards supports the NHI and the strategy for Human Resources for Health to promote awareness, debate and ultimately actively participate and support these critical initiatives which are aimed at enhancing access to and provision of healthcare to the South African population.

The HPCSA sees itself playing a pivotal role in aspects of the NHI relating, but not limited to, the following:

• The contracting of private health care providers through providing input on the general practitioner contracting model; and

• Enhancing human resources for health by ensuring that there are adequately qualified professionals trained and registered that meet the needs of the country by effectively carrying out its mandate of providing for control over the education, training and registration for and practising of health professions registered under the Act.

The HPCSA and its Professional Boards are committed to ensure that the professions at the HPCSA contribute to the effectiveness and success of the NHI; and has forwarded inputs that will contribute to the successful establishment and implementation of the NHI.

9. NATIONAL DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH STRATEGIC PLAN AND MEDIUM TERM STRATEGIC FRAMEWORK

The alignment between the NDP Vision 2030, the NDOH Strategic Plan 2015-2020 and the HPCSA Strategic Objectives is shown in the following table:



LIN

K B

ETW

EEN

NA

TIO

NA

L D

EVEL

OPM

ENT

PLA

N A

ND

TH

E N

ATI

ON

AL

DEP

ART

MEN

T O

F H

EALT

H S

TRA

TEG

IC G

OA

LS

ND

P G

oa

ls 2

030

ND

P Pr

iorit

ies

2030

ND

OH

Str

ate

gic

Go

als

201

5-20

20H

PCSA

Pro

gra

mm

es

HPC

SA S

tra

teg

ic O

bje

ctiv

es

Ave

rag

e m

ale

an

d fe

ma

le li

fe

exp

ec

tan

cy

at

birt

h in

cre

ase

d

to 7

0 ye

ars

Ad

dre

ss t

he

so

cia

l d

ete

rmin

an

ts t

ha

t a

ffe

ct

he

alth

a

nd

dise

ase

s

Pre

ven

t a

nd

red

uc

e t

he

d

isea

se b

urd

en

an

d p

rom

ote

h

ea

lth

Pre

ven

t d

isea

se a

nd

red

uc

e it

s b

urd

en

, an

d p

rom

ote

he

alth

Imp

rovi

ng

th

e ro

le o

f th

e

HPC

SA a

s a

n a

dvo

ca

te a

nd

a

dvi

sor a

s w

ell

as

en

ha

nc

e

en

ga

ge

me

nts

with

all

key

sta

keh

old

ers

De

velo

p a

n o

vera

rch

ing

C

ou

nc

il’s

pla

n t

o e

na

ble

e

ffe

ctiv

e s

take

ho

lde

r e

ng

ag

em

en

t.

•

Pro

-ac

tive

tw

o-w

ay

en

ga

ge

me

nt

be

twe

en

C

ou

nc

il a

nd

th

e N

atio

na

l D

ep

art

me

nt

of H

ea

lth

(ND

oH

) a

llow

ing

for

inc

lusiv

ity in

po

licy

form

ula

tion

.

•

Eng

ag

e w

ith t

he

Jo

int

He

alth

Sc

ien

ce

s C

oo

rdin

atin

g

Co

mm

itte

e t

o a

dd

ress

cro

ss

cu

ttin

g is

sue

s b

etw

ee

n

De

pa

rtm

en

t o

f Hig

he

r Ed

uc

atio

n &

Tra

inin

g (

DH

ET)

& N

Do

H.

•

Brid

ge

ga

ps

be

twe

en

N

Do

H a

nd

Pro

fess

ion

al

Boa

rds

thro

ug

h t

he

use

of

po

licy

foru

m (

e.g

. Fo

rum

of

Sta

tuto

ry C

ou

nc

ils).

•

Ro

le c

larifi

ca

tion

an

d

simp

lific

atio

n o

f th

e v

ario

us

pla

yers

with

in t

he

he

alth

e

nvi

ron

me

nt

for d

istrib

utio

n

to t

he

pu

blic

(e

.g. N

atio

na

l C

ou

nc

il vs

HPC

SA).

•

Pro

vid

ing

a p

latf

orm

an

d

me

ch

an

isms

for P

rofe

ssio

na

l Bo

ard

s to

en

ga

ge

with

N

Do

H e

ffe

ctiv

ely

.

Tub

erc

ulo

sis (

TB)

pre

ven

tion

a

nd

cu

re p

rog

ress

ive

ly

imp

rove

d

Ma

tern

al,

infa

nt

an

d c

hild

m

ort

alit

y re

du

ce

d

Pre

vale

nc

e o

f No

n-

co

mm

un

ica

ble

dise

ase

s re

du

ce

d

Inju

ry, a

cc

ide

nts

an

d v

iole

nc

e

red

uc

ed

by

50%

fro

m 2

010

leve

ls



ND

P G

oa

ls 2

030

ND

P Pr

iorit

ies

2030

ND

OH

Str

ate

gic

Go

als

201

5-20

20H

PCSA

Pro

gra

mm

es

HPC

SA S

tra

teg

ic O

bje

ctiv

es

He

alth

sys

tem

s re

form

s c

om

ple

ted

Stre

ng

the

n t

he

he

alth

sys

tem

Imp

rove

he

alth

fac

ility

p

lan

nin

g b

y im

ple

me

ntin

g

no

rms

an

d s

tan

da

rds

Imp

rovi

ng

th

e ro

le o

f th

e

HPC

SA a

s a

n a

dvo

ca

te a

nd

a

dvi

sor a

s w

ell

as

en

ha

nc

e

en

ga

ge

me

nts

with

all

key

sta

keh

old

ers

Imp

rove

fin

an

cia

l m

an

ag

em

en

t b

y im

pro

vin

g

ca

pa

city

, co

ntr

ac

t m

an

ag

em

en

t, re

ven

ue

c

olle

ctio

n a

nd

su

pp

ly c

ha

in

ma

na

ge

me

nt

refo

rms

Imp

rove

he

alth

info

rma

tion

sy

ste

ms

De

velo

p a

n e

ffic

ien

t h

ea

lth

ma

na

ge

me

nt

info

rma

tion

sy

ste

m fo

r im

pro

ved

de

cisi

on

m

aki

ng

Imp

rove

qu

alit

y b

y u

sing

e

vid

en

ce

Imp

rove

th

e q

ua

lity

of c

are

b

y se

ttin

g a

nd

mo

nito

ring

n

atio

na

l no

rms

an

d s

tan

da

rds,

im

pro

vin

g s

yste

m fo

r use

r fe

ed

ba

ck,

inc

rea

sing

sa

fety

in

he

alth

ca

re, a

nd

by

imp

rovi

ng

c

linic

al g

ove

rna

nc

e

Prim

ary

he

alth

ca

re t

ea

ms

de

plo

yed

to

pro

vid

e c

are

to

fa

mili

es

an

d c

om

mu

niti

es

Re

-en

gin

ee

r prim

ary

h

ea

lthc

are

by:

inc

rea

sing

th

e n

um

be

r of w

ard

- b

ase

d

ou

tre

ac

h t

ea

ms,

co

ntr

ac

ting

g

en

era

l pra

ctit

ion

ers

, an

d

dist

rict

spe

cia

list

tea

ms,

an

d

exp

an

din

g s

ch

oo

l he

alth

se

rvic

es

Imp

rovi

ng

th

e ro

le o

f th

e

HPC

SA a

s a

n a

dvo

ca

te &

a

dvi

sor a

s w

ell

as

en

ha

nc

e

en

ga

ge

me

nts

with

all

key

sta

keh

old

ers

Un

ive

rsa

l he

alth

co

vera

ge

a

ch

ieve

dFi

na

nc

ing

un

ive

rsa

l he

alth

ca

re

co

vera

ge

Ma

ke p

rog

ress

to

wa

rds

un

ive

rsa

l he

alth

co

vera

ge

th

rou

gh

th

e d

eve

lop

me

nt

of

the

Na

tion

al H

ea

lth In

sura

nc

e

sch

em

e, a

nd

imp

rove

th

e

rea

din

ess

of h

ea

lth fa

cili

ties

for

its im

ple

me

nta

tion

Imp

rovi

ng

th

e ro

le o

f th

e

HPC

SA a

s a

n a

dvo

ca

te &

a

dvi

sor a

s w

ell

as

en

ha

nc

e

en

ga

ge

me

nts

with

all

key

sta

keh

old

ers

Post

s fil

led

with

ski

lled

, c

om

mitt

ed

an

d c

om

pe

ten

t in

div

idu

als

Imp

rove

hu

ma

n re

sou

rce

s in

th

e h

ea

lth s

ec

tor

Co

-ord

ina

tion

to

en

sure

le

gisl

ativ

e a

nd

reg

ula

tory

c

on

siste

nc

y a

cro

ss t

he

HPC

SA

an

d it

s Pr

ofe

ssio

na

l Bo

ard

s



10. HPCSA ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE

The mandate of the HPCSA; as legislated in the Health Professions Act of 1974 (as amended) – is realised through the functions of three separate structural components, namely; Council, the twelve (12) Professional Boards and the Secretariat.

10.1 HPCSA REPORTING STRUCTURE TO THE MINISTRY OF HEALTH

Parliament

Minister of Health

Department of HealthHealth Professions

Council of South Africa

HPCSA32 Memner

Council

ExecutiveCommittee

ProfessionalBoards

HPCSAAdministration /

Secretariat

ProfessionalConductReview

Committee

HumanRights

and Ethics

CPDCommittee

BusinessPractice

Committee

ICT SteeringCommittee

PropertyCommittee

Finance andInvestmentCommittee

Audit and Risk

Committee

TenderCommittee

HumanResources

andRemuneration

Committee

Pension andProvident

TrusteeCommittee

Education,Training and

QualityAssuranceCommittee

HealthCommittee

10.1.1 THE PROFESSIONAL BOARDS

The Professional Boards of the HPCSA include:

12 Professional Boards

De

nta

l Th

era

py

an

d O

ral

Hyg

ien

e

Die

tetic

s a

nd

N

utr

itio

n

Eme

rge

nc

y C

are

Envi

ron

me

nta

l H

ea

lth

Pra

ctit

ion

ers

Me

dic

al a

nd

D

en

tal

Me

dic

al

Tec

hn

olo

gy

Oc

cu

pa

tion

al

The

rap

y, M

ed

ica

l O

rth

otic

s, P

rost

he

tics

an

d A

rts

The

rap

y

Op

tom

etr

y a

nd

Disp

en

sing

O

ptic

ian

s

Phys

ioth

era

py,

Po

dia

try

an

d

Bio

kin

etic

s

Psyc

ho

log

y

Ra

dio

gra

ph

y a

nd

Clin

ica

l Te

ch

no

log

y

Spe

ec

h, L

an

gu

ag

e

an

d H

ea

ring

Pr

ofe

ssio

ns



10.1.2 Objects of Professional Boards.

The objects of a Professional Board are:

a) To consult and liaise with other Professional Boards and relevant authorities on matters affecting the Professional Board.

b) To assist in the promotion of the health of the population of the Republic on a national basis.

c) Subject to legislation regulating healthcare providers and consistency with national policy determined by the Minister, to control and to exercise authority in respect of all matters affecting education and training of persons in, and the manner of the exercise of the practices pursued in connection with, any healthcare profession falling within the ambit of the Professional Board.

d) To promote liaison in the field of education and training contemplated in paragraph (c), both in the Republic and elsewhere, and to promote the standards of such education and training in the Republic.

e) To make recommendations to Council to advise the Minister on any matter falling within the scope of this Act as it relates to any healthcare profession falling within the ambit of the Professional Board in order to support the universal norms and values of such profession or professions, with greater emphasis on professional practice, democracy, transparency, equity, accessibility and community involvement.

f) To make recommendations to Council and to the Minister on matters of public importance acquired by the Professional Board in the course of the performance of its functions under this Act.

g) To maintain and enhance the dignity of the relevant healthcare profession and the integrity of the persons practising the profession.

h) To guide the relevant healthcare profession

or professions and to protect the public.

The underlying consideration for ensuring quality assurance at the HPCSA is the protection of the public through the establishment of a policy framework to ensure the provision of healthcare professionals who are competent to practise their professions ethically. The Health Professions Act 56 of 1974 sets a fundamental basis for the quality assurance function of the HPCSA.

Professional Boards have a responsibility to assist in the promotion of the health of the population of the Republic and to make recommendations to Council to advise the Minister on any matter falling within the scope of the Act to support the universal norms and values of such profession(s).

Professional Boards are statutory structures whose overall objective is to ensure the establishment and maintenance of acceptable levels of healthcare services in the professions under their purview.

In terms of the Health Professions Act, Act 56 of 1974, Professional Boards assume control and exercise authority in respect of all matters affecting the training of persons in, and the manner of the exercise of the practices pursued in connection with, any profession failing within the ambit of the Professional Board, and to maintain and enhance the dignity of the profession and the integrity of the persons practising the profession.

In terms of these delegations, Professional Boards have a responsibility to:

1. determine standards for education and training based on the needs of the country and aligned to best practice;

2. ensure compliance to those standards in terms of the process of evaluation and accreditation of education and training facilities;

3. determine and ensure maintenance of standards for professional practice and professional conduct;

4. ensure compliance to continuing professional development (CPD) and to enhance a culture of lifelong learning within the scope of the profession directives;



5. grant certification to students and to compliant practitioners to practise their professions once all the registrations requirements had been complied with;

6. register, where applicable, graduates for internship where applicable and graduates for compulsory Community Service; and

7. develop policy and formulate regulations and rules of conduct for professional practice.

Any decision of a Professional Board relating to a matter falling entirely within its ambit shall not be subject to ratification by the Council, and the Council shall, for this purpose, determine whether a matter falls entirely within the ambit of a Professional /Board.

10.2 EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE

The operational structure of the HPCSA Administration / Secretariat is as follows:

Acting Registrar/CEO

Advocate Phelelani Khumalo

Council Secretariat

Mr. Ntsikelelo Sipeka


Ms. Melissa de Graaff

Chief Information Officer

Ms. Vuyo Nqaba

Senior Manager: Human Resources & Labour

Relations

Mr. Paul Pule

Acting Chief Operations Officer

Dr. Munyadziwa Kwinda

General Manager: CRR

Ms. Doreen Musemwa

General Manager: Professional Boards

Ms. Adelle Taljaard

Manager: Support Services

Mr. Siyolo Dudumashe

Ombudsman

Dr. Munyadziwa Kwinda

General Manager: Legal Department

Adv Ntsane Mathibeli

Senior Manager: PR & Service Delivery

Ms. Daphney Chuma

Risk Management Officer

Mr. Reuel Makhubela



Table 1: Roles and responsibilities of the relevant bodies within the HPCSA

Role and Responsibility

Council

• Co-ordinate the activities and communication amongst the Professional Boards.

• Stakeholder engagement.

• Strategic planning and budgeting.

• Uphold and maintain professional and ethical standards.

• Ensure the investigation of complaints.

• Ensure transparency and accountability to the public.

Professional Boards

• Control and exercise authority in respect of all matters affecting the education, training and practice of persons in any health profession falling within the ambit of the Professional Boards.

• Maintain and enhance the dignity of the relevant health profession and the integrity of the persons practising such profession.

• Make recommendations to Council to advise the Minister on issues pertaining to Professionals under the ambit of the Board.

Registrar

• Carry out the duties assigned to or imposed upon him or her in terms of the Act.

• Records management.

• Adequate financial management.

• Ensures that Council has the required systems.

• Transparent use of resources.

Performance Information

Part B

30Performance Information


1. SITUATIONAL ANALYSIS

1.1 Service Delivery and Organizational Environment

The performance environment of the HPCSA is impacted by the supply and demand of healthcare professionals practicing in the country. The HPCSA has a responsibility to protect the public and guide the professions. It is for this reason that there is a requirement that healthcare professionals practising within South Africa maintain the relevant ethical conduct and professional standards in line with international standards and local norms.

To improve the performance delivery environment of the HPCSA, Council embarked on a Turnaround Strategy to improve its business model and enhance its functioning. Although the strategic objectives have remained the same, the targets for some indicators have been updated due to the shift towards a turn-around strategy in order to improve on service delivery to the practitioners and the public. Part of the Turnaround Programme was the launching of the Online Renewal and Payment Portal in March 2017.

Since the launch, over 114 500 practitioners utilised the portal, albeit a smaller proportion actually paid annual fees through the portal. While the primary focus of the portal is to provide an easier renewal platform for practitioners, it has another functionality of cleaning up the overall practitioner database and provide updated contact details. In this way, the HPCSA will be certain that practitioners’ details are accurate and will enable Council to reach more practitioners through electronic means.

The Online Renewal Portal forms the basis for future interaction between Council and healthcare practitioners, as well as between Council and other stakeholders, such as employers of the practitioners. The uptake of the Online Renewal and Payment Portal may not have reached the numbers that Council envisaged; however, moving forward the HPCSA would like to see its stakeholders, especially practitioners, supporting and using the Portal. The major challenge over

the last two years has been the need for an appropriate and acceptable proof of having renewed one’s registration without deferring to the new concept of the QR code reader or reverting to the old purple practising card.

Income for the HPCSA is generated, inter alia, from fees payable by practitioners. All individuals who practise any of the healthcare professions incorporated in the scope of the HPCSA are obliged by the Health Professions Act No. 56 of 1974 to register with the Council. Failure to do so constitutes a criminal offence. To this end, the HPCSA strengthened its Inspectorate Office to ensure compliance and enforcement of this legislative imperative.

2. OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE

2.1 Performance Overview

As a result of the Business Process Re-engineering, the HPCSA rationalised its operations to ensure that all tasks that result in the registration of a practitioner start and end within registrations. As part of this process, it was necessary that Committees of the various Professional Boards clearly defined guidelines within which Council Secretariat would be able to discharge their mandate without constantly referring issues to Committees. The guidelines passed down to Secretariat assisted in streamlining the processing of applications that previously would have been referred to Committees. As a result, the turnaround times on certain types of applications have been reduced and the services provided to practitioners have considerably improved.

Further to rationalising the work of the Committees, functions feeding into each other were clustered. The Mailroom, whose 75% of its work was related to registrations and continuing professional development (CPD), as well as Records are now part of Registrations.

PART B: PERFORMANCE INFORMATION



2.2 Registration of Health Practitioners

In the year under review, the HPCSA registered more than 25 000 healthcare practitioners in line with its legislative mandate. Registrations were conducted mainly at the Head Office in Pretoria, and, to a limited extent at off-site registration venues. The off-site registrations were targeted mainly at capturing the newly-qualified healthcare practitioners graduating from student status to other categories, including internship and community service. The achievements are outlined below:

2.2.1 In–house Registration

The following tables depict movements that resulted in changes to the registers kept by the HPCSA, as well as other services provided to practitioners in the period 1 April 2017 to 31 March 2018, with comparative numbers for the period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017:

Table 1: Registrations

Category Number registered in 2016/2017

Number registered in 2017/2018

Prescribed Registrations

19121 16481

Specialists 597 448

Foreign Qualified

353 294

Additional Category

67 40

Additional Qualification

1479 1423

Category Change

3450 3373

Table 2: Removals

Category Number Recorded in 2016/2017

Number Recorded in 2017/2018

Voluntary Erasures

586 506

Suspensions for not paying annual fees

10889 13585

Instruction to Erase

45 53

Deaths 43 55

Table 3: Other Services

Category Number Issued in 2016/2017

Number Issued in 2017/2018

Certificates of Status

1332 1527

Certified Extracts

1252 1007

Intern Duty Certificates

34 46

Verification of Credentials

217 189

2.2.2 Off-site Registration

Between November and December 2017; the HPCSA offered off-site registration for undergraduate students who had completed their studies at the various higher education institutions around the country and were due to commence with internship training and community service. This off-site registration saw a total of 6 144 students being registered.



REGISTRATION GROWTH STATISTICS

BRD_CODE

REG_CODE REG_NAME APR 2015 APR 2016 APR 2017 APR 2018

DOH DA DENTAL ASSISTANT 3,003 3,049 3,131 4,738

DA S STUDENT DENTAL ASSISTANT 1,748 1,820 1,991 2,127

OH ORAL HYGIENIST 1,143 1,195 1,220 1,214

OH S STUDENT ORAL HYGIENIST 340 382 381 400

TT DENTAL THERAPIST 625 659 704 732

TT S STUDENT DENTAL THERAPIST 227 256 246 265

DOH Total 7,086 7,361 7,673 9,476

DTB DT DIETITIAN 2,949 3,145 3,311 3,422

DT S STUDENT DIETITIAN 1,510 1,650 1,676 1,668

NT NUTRITIONIST 198 197 219 230

NT S STUDENT NUTRITIONIST 290 316 294 288

DTB Total 4,947 5,308 5,500 5,608

EHO FI FOOD INSPECTOR 11 11 11 11

HI ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH PRACTITIONER 3,447 3,567 3,658 3,752

HI S STUDENT ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH OFFICER 2,469 2,471 2,524 2,606

HIA ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH ASSISTANT 63 64 61 68

EHO Total 5,990 6,113 6,254 6,437

EMB ANA AMBULANCE EMERGENCY ASSISTANT 8,882 9,225 9,636 10,063

ANT PARAMEDIC 1,605 1,591 1,552 1,527

ANTS STUDENT PARAMEDIC 537 547 545 554

BAA BASIC AMBULANCE ASSISTANT 56,786 55,400 53,022 50,604

ECP EMERGENCY CARE PRACTITIONER 367 451 549 623

ECPS STUDENT EMERGENCY CARE PRACTITIONER 597 678 695 810

ECPV ECP VISITING STUDENT 0 0 13 17

ECT EMERGENCY CARE TECHNICIAN 939 1,063 1,113 1,124

ECTS STUDENT EMERGENCY CARE TECHNICIAN 662 588 575 717

OECO OPERATIONAL EMERGENCY CARE ORDERLY 530 508 509 486

EMB Total 70,905 70,051 68,209 66,525

MDB AN ANAESTHETIST’S ASSISTANT 2 1 1 0

BE BIOMEDICAL ENGINEER 2 2 2 2

CA CLINICAL ASSOCIATE 467 575 691 758

CA S STUDENT CLINICAL ASSOCIATE 436 501 463 482

DP DENTIST 6,006 6,158 6,314 6,433

In the absence of an automated process to register this category of practitioners, off-site registrations remain a valuable initiative benefitting healthcare practitioners, particularly those who proceeded to internship and community service that commenced early in January 2018. Off-site registration services assisted in reducing non-compliant applications received as applicants were present to promptly attend to outstanding requirements for full registration. The HPCSA will continue to provide off-site registration until the automation of registration of this category is fully

functional.

2.2.3 Registration Growth Statistics April 2017 – March 2018

Annexure 1 depicts the growth of the total register from April 2015 to March 2018 including those health practitioners who do not necessarily pay annual fees, such as students, intern students, interns, and practitioners exempted due to old age but are still practising.



BRD_CODE


DP S STUDENT DENTIST 1,324 1,439 1,447 1,338

GC GENETIC COUNSELLOR 9 9 10 12

GC S STUDENT GENETIC COUNSELLOR 2 2 2 2

GCIN INTERN GENETIC COUNSELLOR 5 5 9 9

GR GENETIC COUNSELLOR 19 18 16 13

GR S STUDENT GENETIC COUNSELLOR 10 10 10 10

GRIN INTERN GENETIC COUNSELLOR 1 2 3 3

IN INTERN 3,106 3,132 3,272 3,511

IN S STUDENT INTERN 1,077 1,427 1,350 1,515

KB CLINICAL BIOCHEMIST 11 10 9 9

MP MEDICAL PRACTITIONER 41,886 43,141 44,653 45,503

MP S MEDICAL STUDENT 11,594 12,372 12,656 13,024

MS & MW MEDICAL SCIENTIST 619 634 646 654

MS S & MW S

STUDENT MEDICAL SCIENTIST 655 719 721 832

MSIN & MWIN

INTERN MEDICAL SCIENTIST 158 191 209 214

PH MEDICAL PHYSICIST 135 145 146 151

PH S STUDENT MEDICAL PHYSICIST 53 59 54 54

PHIN INTERN MEDICAL PHYSICIST 22 19 23 20

SMW SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL SCIENTIST 3 3 3 3

VS VISITING STUDENT 804 53 113 49

MDB Total 68,406 70,627 72,823 74,601

MTB CT CYTO-TECHNICIAN 1 1 1 1

GT MEDICAL TECHNICIAN 3,121 3,375 3,538 3,679

GT S STUDENT MEDICAL TECHNICIAN 2,405 2,495 2,560 2,841

LA LABORATORY ASSISTANT 425 538 618 693

LA S STUDENT LABORATORY ASSISTANT 906 895 946 1,014

MLS MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENTIST 0 15 45 94

MT MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIST 5,257 5,362 5,480 5,637

MT S STUDENT MEDICAL TECHNOLOGIST 4,213 4,335 4,265 4,725

MTIN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY INTERN 519 630 835 782

SGT SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN 24 22 21 19

SLA SUPPLEMENTARY LABORATORY ASSISTANT 244 221 209 187

MTB Total 17,115 17,889 18,518 19,672

OCP AOS ASST MED ORTH PROST & LEATHERWORKER 9 7 6 5

AT ARTS THERAPIST 65 71 80 83

AT S ARTS THERAPY STUDENT 25 37 37 36

ATIN ARTS THERAPIST INTERNS 0 0 0 6

OB ORTHOPAEDIC FOOTWEAR TECHNICIAN 55 53 52 49

OS MEDICAL ORTHOTIST AND PROSTHETIST 482 497 512 568

OS S STUDENT MEDICAL ORTHOTIST AND PROSTHETIST

201 242 314 284

OSA ORTHOPAEDIC TECHNICAL ASSISTANT 93 95 93 74

OSIN INTERN MEDICAL ORTHOTIST AND PROSTHETIST

141 168 202 230

OT OCCUPATIONAL THERAPIST 4,534 4,812 5,021 5,198



BRD_CODE


OT S STUDENT OCCUPATIONAL THERAPIST 2,048 2,270 2,187 2,329

OTB OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY ASSISTANT 177 108 85 76

OTBS STUDENT OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY ASSISTANT

47 46 45 43

OTES DELETED - ART THERAPY STUDENT 10 10 10 10

OTT OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY TECHNICIAN 444 491 488 455

SOS SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICAL ORTHOTIST AND PROSTHETIST

1 1 1 1

OCP Total 8,332 8,908 9,133 9,447

ODO OD DISPENSING OPTICIAN 147 154 150 148

OD S STUDENT DISPENSING OPTICIAN 390 378 414 460

OP OPTOMETRIST 3,600 3,702 3,767 3,826

OP S STUDENT OPTOMETRIST 870 899 896 1,042

OPVS VISITING STUDENT OPTOMETRIST 0 0 0 4

OR ORTHOPTIST 13 12 12 11

SOD SUPPLEMENTARY OPTICAL DISPENSER 2 2 2 2

SOP SUPPLEMENTARY OPTOMETRIST 10 11 11 11

ODO Total 5,032 5,158 5,252 5,504

PPB BK BIOKINETICIST 1,384 1,505 1,618 1,671

BK S STUDENT BIOKINETICIST 566 635 684 839

BKIN INTERN BIOKINETICIST 410 595 777 938

CH PODIATRIST 264 265 292 301

CH S STUDENT PODIATRIST 304 349 332 386

MA MASSEUR 3 3 3 3

PT PHYSIOTHERAPIST 6,902 7,196 7,473 7,702

PT S STUDENT PHYSIOTHERAPIST 2,155 2,474 2,271 2,353

PTA PHYSIOTHERAPY ASSISTANT 228 199 179 171

PTAS STUDENT PHYSIOTHERAPY ASSISTANT 2 2 2 2

PTT PHYSIOTHERAPY TECHNICIAN 53 53 49 46

RM REMEDIAL GYMNAST 2 2 2 2

SCH SUPPLEMENTARY PODIATRIST 3 3 3 3

SPT SUPPLEMENTARY PHYSIOTHERAPIST 4 3 3 3

PPB Total 12,280 13,284 13,688 14,420

PSB PM PSYCHO-TECHNICIAN 26 24 22 19

PMT PSYCHOMETRIST 1,981 2,028 2,066 2,065

PMTS STUDENT PSYCHOMETRIST 286 423 596 697

PRC REGISTERED COUNSELLOR 1,812 1,977 2,176 2,327

PS PSYCHOLOGIST 7,891 8,190 8,453 8,565

PS S STUDENT PSYCHOLOGIST 1,300 1,429 1,493 1,504

PS V PSYCHOLOGY VISITING STUDENT 0 0 2 3

PSIN INTERN PSYCHOLOGIST 866 900 929 972

SRC STUDENT REGISTERED COUNSELLOR 1,361 2,045 2,494 2,736

PSB Total 15,523 17,016 18,231 18,888

RCT DR RADIOGRAPHER 6,997 7,321 7,559 7,780

DR S STUDENT RADIOGRAPHER 1,987 1,937 2,067 2,327

DR V VISITING STUDENT RADIOGRAPHER 0 0 16 28



BRD_CODE


EE ELECTRO-ENCEPHALOGRAPHIC TECHNICIAN

46 49 52 51

EE S STUDENT ELECTRO-ENCEPHALOGRAPHIC TECHNICIAN

77 85 98 110

KT CLINICAL TECHNOLOGIST 875 864 842 835

KT S STUDENT CLINICAL TECHNOLOGIST 568 602 600 677

KTG GRADUATE CLINICAL TECHNOLOGIST 255 350 407 491

RLT RADIATION TECHNOLOGIST 12 12 9 8

RLTS STUDENT RADIATION TECHNOLOGIST 7 7 9 8

RSDR RESTRICTED SUPP DIAG RADIOGRAPHER 7 5 5 5

SDR SUPPLEMENTARY DIAGNOSTIC RADIOGRAPHER

240 229 211 196

SDRS STUDENT SUPPLEMENTARY DIAGNOSTIC RADIOGRAPHER

100 100 100 100

SKT SUPPLEMENTARY CLINICAL TECHNOLOGIST 5 4 3 3

RCT Total 11,176 11,565 11,978 12,619

SLH AM AUDIOMETRICIAN 4 4 4 4

AU AUDIOLOGIST 444 504 572 642

AU S STUDENT AUDIOLOGIST 406 492 498 533

GAK HEARING AID ACOUSTICIAN 129 139 149 157

GAKS STUDENT HEARING AID ACOUSTICIAN 38 42 45 36

SAU SUPPLEMENTARY AUDIOLOGIST 1 1 1 1

SGAK SUPPLEMENTARY HEARING AID ACOUSTICIAN

4 4 4 4

SGG COMMUNITY SPEECH AND HEARING WORKER

17 18 17 14

SGK SPEECH AND HEARING CORRECTIONIST 6 7 7 6

SHA SPEECH AND HEARING ASSISTANT 1 1 1 3

SSTA SUPPLEMENTARY SPEECH THERAPIST AND AUDIOLOGIST

1 1 1 1

ST SPEECH THERAPIST 824 942 1,024 1,101

ST S STUDENT SPEECH THERAPIST 694 796 808 793

STA SPEECH THERAPIST AND AUDIOLOGIST 1,475 1,516 1,541 1,578

STAS STUDENT SPEECH THERAPIST AND AUDIOLOGIST

381 362 432 439

STAV STA VISITING STUDENT 0 0 0 2

STB SPEECH THERAPY ASSISTANT 3 3 2 1

SLH Total 4,428 4,832 5,106 5,315

Grand Total 231,220 238,112 242,365 248,512

A few highlights impacting register numbers:

Emergency Care Board

It is important to state that there was a steady decrease in membership of the Emergency Care Board, and that the HPCSA does not expect an increase any time soon.

The Minister promulgated the regulations relating to the qualifications for the registration of Basic Ambulance Assistants (BAA), Ambulance Emergency Assistants (ANA/AEA), Paramedics (ANT) and Operational Emergency Care Orderlies (OECO) which provide for the closure of these registers. The registers will close as indicated in the regulations, i.e.:



1. Basic Ambulance Assistants (BAAs): Those persons who obtained the BAA qualification prior to the promulgation of the regulations (i.e. prior to 27 January 2017) or within 12 months after date of promulgation of the regulations may register (i.e. last date for new BAA registrations will be 26 January 2018).

2. Ambulance Emergency Assistants (ANA/AEA): Those persons who obtained the AEA qualification prior to the promulgation of the regulations (i.e. prior to 27 January 2017) or within 36 months after date of promulgation of the regulations may register (i.e. last date for new AEA/ANA registrations will be 26 January 2020).

3. Paramedics (ANT/CCA): Those persons who obtained the Paramedic qualification (short course (9 months) at private colleges) prior to the promulgation of the regulations (i.e. prior to 27 January 2017) or within 12 months after date of promulgation of the regulations may register (i.e. last date for Paramedic registrations will be 26 January 2018).

4. Paramedics (ANT): Those persons who obtained the National Diploma: Emergency Medical Care at the Universities of Technology prior to the promulgation of the attached regulations (i.e. prior to 27 January 2017) or within 36 months after date of promulgation of the regulations may register (i.e. last date for the National Diploma Paramedic registrations will be 26 January 2020).

5. Operational Emergency Care Orderlies (OECOs): Those persons who obtained the OECO qualification at the School for Military Health Training (SMHT) prior to the promulgation of the regulations (i.e. prior to 27 January 2017) or within 12 months after date of promulgation of the regulations may register (i.e. last date for new OECO registrations will be 26 January 2018).

Those persons already on the registers at the date of closure of these registers will retain their registration provided that they pay their annual fees, but NO NEW NAMES will be added to the above registers after the closing date of the

registers.

Medical and Dental Professions Board

The Medical and Dental Professions Board (MDB) is committed to assisting South Africans who obtain their basic medical qualification outside of South Africa, to complete their training in the country to enable these practitioners to launch their medical careers. To this end, the HPCSA is working with the National Department of Health on a solution that will assist in planning for the eventual return of South African students studying medicine outside the country.

2.3 Continuing Professional Development (CPD)

The focus of the continuing professional development is to audit healthcare professionals with regard to their compliance to their practitioner’s continuing professional development programme. Continuing professional development ensures that healthcare practitioners maintain and acquire new and updated levels of knowledge, skills and ethical attitudes in their practice, for the benefit of the public.

In the year under review, the HPCSA was able to request an audit to no more than 2000 practitioners at a time. With the assistance of improved information gateway, the HPCSA will be able to request more than double this number to submit portfolios. The HPCSA could easily send out audit requests through email and receive the portfolios in the same manner.



The ideal situation is that all practitioners submit portfolios as evidence that they are indeed participating in activities to enhance their personal professional development as well as improve their individual practice. The HPCSA resolved in 2013 to change the model of assessing Continuing Professional Development (CPD), amongst other developmental components for any practitioner, to one modelled around the concept of Maintenance of Licensure. In the period under review, a Task Team established from the CPD Committee of Council to look into Maintenance of Licensure met and developed a Plan that will culminate in a Pilot Phase for Maintenance of Licensure from April 2020.

As expected, the implementation of Maintenance of Licensure will require a more robust IT infrastructure platform to carry the requirements of essentially an expanded CPD system.

2.4 Document Management

The Document Management function strives to ensure efficient, accurate and secure record-keeping of healthcare practitioners’ information in the HPCSA database. In line with this objective, the HPCSA commenced with the digitisation project intended to convert paper records to electronic format. Over nine (9) million paper records across various document types or categories within the HPCSA have been scanned and the process of indexing the records to practitioner records on the main database has commenced. Once the process is concluded, relevant officials within the HPCSA will be able to access the digitised documents from their laptops and desktops, thereby increasing efficiency in retrieving documents. Any applications received in hard copies are scanned at source to ensure their security.

During the period under review, the HPCSA signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) with the Department of Home Affairs in accordance with which the HPCSA will ensure that the database has correct identity numbers for all practitioners and that deceased practitioners of whose demise the HPCSA was not previously advised of, are automatically taken off the various registers. Once this initial clean-up phase is complete, the HPCSA intends to have a direct link with the Department of Home Affairs through an Application Programming Interface (API) to enable an upfront verification of the identification number as the practitioners’ details are captured for the first by the HPCSA. Moving towards digitisation of the HPCSA documents and the envisaged linking of such documents with practitioner self-help electronic transactions through portal interfaces, the identification number will be a key enabler given its uniqueness. Therefore, it is imperative that this key parameter is recorded correctly for efficient processing and interfacing.

3. ADVOCACY AND STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

3.1 Advocacy Programmes

One of the strategic objectives that the HPCSA identified in the Strategic Plan 2015/16 – 2020/21 is advocacy and stakeholder engagement. This is because advocacy and stakeholder engagement continued to play a vital role in ensuring that the HPCSA deliver on its legislative mandate of protecting the public and guiding the professions.



There are a number of different forms of advocacy, representing different approaches to initiate change. In the period under review, the HPCSA has been involved in five of them, namely:

Social justice advocacy - The HPCSA engaged in the social justice advocacy to ensure its participation in the agenda-setting when stakeholders raised significant issues, proposed policy solutions and opened up space for public argumentation. The HPCSA’s participation was evident during the “#Fees Must Fall” campaign, where the HPCSA made public statements through the media, imploring all involved stakeholders to find amicable solutions to the impasse, so that final year students in the healthcare disciplines could write their exams and qualify so that they can be registered with the HPCSA.

Bureaucratic advocacy is an ongoing process where the HPCSA, through the various Professional Boards, had ongoing engagements with the Department of Health, advising the Minister on pertinent issues that affect their respective Professional Boards as dictated by the Health Professions Act, 56 of 1974 on the objects of Professional Boards. (Part C: Professional Boards)

In executing its bureaucratic advocacy responsibility, the HPCSA as a healthcare regulator, is afforded an opportunity to influence decision makers both in government and the private sector on issues that are pertinent to the mandate and the role of the HPCSA. To this end, and in line with the resolution of the World Health Assembly 69.17; that called for Member States to develop a Policy to strengthen Palliative Care Service, the HPCSA served on the National Steering Committee on Palliative Care appointed by the Minister of Health, Dr Motsoaledi to

provide expert guidance on the implementation, monitoring and evaluation of progress towards achieving resolution WHA 67.19. The HPCSA did this through the development of the National Policy Framework and Strategy on Palliative Care 2017 – 2022.

During the reporting period, the HPCSA, in its endeavour to discharge its mandate of guiding the profession, embarked on four (4) special roadshows held in Johannesburg, Cape Town, Durban and Bloemfontein) to guide practitioners on the issues around “Global Fees”. The HPCSA increased the number of interactions it had with its key stakeholders through Practitioner Roadshows and Symposia. One Practitioner Roadshow was held in the year under review. Council hosted sixteen (16) Symposia countrywide which were attended by more than 7200 practitioners with 5700 Continuing Professional Development (CPD) certificates issued. This number of Symposia was an increase from the eleven (11) that were held in the 2016/17 financial year. The HPCSA continued to receive a Client Satisfaction rate of 95% which was greater than the targeted 80% satisfaction rate on these stakeholder engagements platforms.

The HPCSA continued with its efforts to embark on health advocacy. Health advocacy supports and promotes patients’ healthcare rights as well as enhancing the community health and policy initiatives that focus on the availability, safety and quality of care. This form of advocacy is key to the HPCSA as it helps in the achievement of one of the HPCSA’s mandate – that of protecting the public. To this end, the HPCSA facilitated three (3) mass advocacy activities through public awareness campaigns in Hluvukani, Bushbuckridge Municipality in Mpumalanga and



two in the JB Marks Municipality in Potchefstroom and Ventersdorp (now called Tshing) in the North West respectively, where the public were educated about their rights as patients.

The latter two public awareness campaigns in the JB Marks were officially opened by the Acting Executive Mayor, Councillor Dodo Maneli. The proceedings of both the Potchefstroom and Ventersdorp public awareness campaigns were broadcast live to the communities from the respective community radio stations with a combined listenership of 178 000, with 40% males and 60% females. The Live Broadcast model for the public awareness campaigns will be used for a wider reach in all the upcoming campaigns in the next financial year. In conjunction with the health advocacy, the HPCSA will in the next financial year; facilitate Special Education Advocacy, which is advocacy with a “specific focus” on the educational rights of people with difficulties or disabilities; through some of its Professional Boards.

The HPCSA also executed Legislative Advocacy: This form is reliant on legislative processes as part of a strategy to create change. Council, in its Strategic Plan 2015/61 – 2020/21 prioritised legislative review. The current Turnaround Strategy is looking at reviewing certain legislative to enable Council to be more efficient and effective. (Adv Ntsane Mathibeli to input here)

As part of the HPCSA’s programme to participate in the healthcare environment events, the HPCSA participated and presented at seven (7) Exhibitions and Conference hosted by other players in the environment; namely the South African Dental Association (SADA), Board of Healthcare Funders (BHF), Hospital Association of South Africa (HASA), Medical Protection

Society (MPS), South African Veterinary Council (SAVC) and the International Hospital Federation (IHF). The HPCSA visibility at these Exhibition and Conferences provided on-site assistance with HPCSA customer-related enquiries and enabled practitioners an opportunity to obtain information and provide feedback on HPCSA services.

3.2 HPCSA ENGAGEMENTS WITH REGIONAL, CONTINENTAL AND INTERNATIONAL STAKEHOLDERS

Communicating with the HPCSA stakeholders and counterparts is essential for transparency, good governance and respectful leadership. In the period under review, the HPCSA participated in various regional, continental and international fora, namely –

3.2.1 International Association for Medical Regulatory Authorities (IAMRA)

The HPCSA attended the International Association for Medical Regulatory Authorities (IAMRA) Annual Symposium which focused on Continued Competence Systems - Measuring their Impact and Value. It was held on October 5-6, 2017 in London, United Kingdom. The areas covered, amongst others, were:

• The role of the individual in systems of continued competence;

• Considering a risk-based approach to continued competency;

• Evaluating continuous physician assessments as assurance mechanisms for the public;

• How to build a culture of reflection in medical training programmes and why it’s important for the continued competence of professionals;

• The role of CPD and CME in continued competence systems; and

• Continued competency systems in team environments.

The Physician Information Exchange Group of the International Association for Medical Regulatory Authorities (IMRA), of which HPCSA is a member, launched the Pilot Project for launching the Online Platform for Global Information Exchange



which will look into the following areas:

• Where a doctor has registered or attempted to register with fraudulent documents or provided other falsified information;

• Action has been taken and the doctor may seek to practice in another jurisdiction, where, for example:

i. they are known to have graduated from medical school;

ii. they are known to have a registered address;

iii. they are known to have registration or a license to practice.

Actions that may result in a doctor seeking to practice in another jurisdiction are generally those actions, including interim actions that adversely affect the doctor’s ability to earn reasonable income from medical practice, including, but not limited to:

• The doctor having been convicted of a serious crime.

• A person who is not a registered/licensed doctor but has been practicing medicine and is thought likely to seek to do so in another jurisdiction.

Representatives from the HPCSA serve on two (2) Governance Structures of IAMRA; namely the Management Committee as well as the Education and Research Committee.

3.2.2 World Medical Association

The HPCSA attended the workshop on End of Life issues in November 2017 held at the Aula Vecchia del Sinodo in the Vatican. Medical professionals, legal authorities, experts in palliative care and medical ethics, theological scholars and philosophers from over 30 countries gathered for the World Medical Association European Region Meeting on End-of-Life Questions. The workshop served as a platform for debating the different policies and perspectives on end-of-life issues, for exploring patient rights, treatment limitations, and palliative care, and for better understanding public opinion on these complex topics.

3.2.3 Association of Medical Councils of Africa (AMCOA)

The HPCSA hosted the Association of Medical Councils of Africa (AMCOA) 21st annual meeting in Stellenbosch, South Africa from the 21 -25 August 2017 under the theme: “Technology and Medical Regulation in the 21st Century”.

AMCOA meets annually and brings together nearly 200 representatives from eighteen (18) medical regulatory authorities across Africa to discuss key issues relating to their regulatory mandate on medical and dental practitioners.

The Conference covered a number of topics including the advancement of technology and its future in the medical field with special emphasis on medical technology, such as:

• From the stethoscope to the robot doctor,

• Regulation across Jurisdictions,

• Regulations of Electronic or Digitised medicine, Telemedicine, Social Media uses in the Healthcare,

• Modernisation of regulation in relation to team - based delivery care

• Technology in chronic care and Litigation –Who is liable? The doctor or the machine?

The keynote addresses were delivered by South Africa’s Ministry of Health Director-General, Ms Malebona Precious Matsoso, Dr Humayun Chaudhry, President and CEO of the Federation of State Medical Boards (FSMB) of the United States and Chair-Elect of the International Association



of Medical Regulatory Authorities (IAMRA); and Professor Moriba of South Africa.

In their addresses, Prof Moriba and Dr Chaudhry spoke about the perspectives on “Technology and Medical Regulation in the 21st Century”. Prof Moriba focused on the African perspective, while Dr Chaudhry focused on the international perspective.

Attendees also signed four (4) Protocols on the use of advancement of technology and its future in the medical field.

3.2.4 Southern African Development Community (SADC) Region

The HPCSA hosted the Southern African Development Community Regional Block Workshop in August 2017 to address the core agenda for regulators within the SADC Region. The objective was to explore mechanisms of regional collaboration in medical regulation in the following areas–

• Standardisation of Curricula;

• Reciprocal Registration;

• Accreditation and Inspection of Training Sites; and

• Strengthening Collaboration and Information Exchange.

The outcomes of the workshop highlighted the need for integration of Southern African Medical Councils into a regional regulatory association. Of importance was the need to implement the proposal for the formation of a SADC Medical Regulatory Body as resolved upon at the SADC

Health Ministers Annual Conference.

In line with the resolution, the HPCSA attended the SADC workshop hosted by the Zimbabwe Medical and Dental Council in September 2017. The workshop developed the SADC Medical and Dental Regulatory Association Strategy and Annual Work Plan which will be presented at the SADC Ministers Forum in 2018.

3.2.5 Capacity Building and Benchmarking Exercises

The HPCSA continued to serve as resource for a number of Regulators and other Medical Councils in Africa on an annual basis. In the year under review, the HPCSA hosted representatives from the following Councils to share best practices:

i. Kenya Medical and Dentists Practitioners Board (April 2017);

ii. Medical Council of Malawi (April 2017);

iii. Medical and Dental Council of Ghana (April 2017 and August 2017);

iv. Lesotho Medical, Dental and Pharmacy Council (April 2017);

v. Health Professions Council of Zambia (November 2017);

vi. Rwanda Medical and Dental Council (February 2018);

vii. Kenya Medical and Dentists Practitioners Board (February 2018); and

viii. Delegation from Ministry of Health of Mozambique (February 2018).



The HPCSA, through the Professional Board for Radiography, assisted the Health Professions Council of Namibia with the processes related to accreditation by participating and guiding them through their accreditation visits which were undertaken in Namibia.

3.3 Publications

The HPCSA continued to communicate with its stakeholders through various publications. For the internal stakeholders (i.e. its employees), the HPCSA produced ten (10) Internal Newsletters called the “PULSE”.

For the Professional Boards, twelve (12) newsletters were produced in an effort to keep the various Professional Boards abreast with developments in the various disciplines.

The annual publication for the healthcare practitioners, the Bulletin Magazine, was also produced and distributed. The e-bulletin, which is an electronic bulletin is another means of disseminating timeous and up to date information to the healthcare practitioners is distributed on a monthly basis and twelve (12) have were produced in the year under review.

The HPCSA was profiled in key strategic magazines to ensure maximum exposure to strengthen the HPCSA brand and its functions. The following magazines were used:

• Leadership Magazine: Two (2) articles placed.

• One (1) article was placed in the Department of Health magazine called “Quality Healthcare Magazine”.

• One (1) article was placed in a magazine named - Healthcare Professions crossing Borders (HPCB).

In addition to all of these, the HPCSA established ways in which it can improve its services to its internal stakeholders. A new digital hub was introduced to ensure easy access to publications by internal staff and can be accessed at any place and any time.

3.4 Media liaison, publicity and reputation management

The HPCSA is accountable to its stakeholders for all its actions and this can only be achieved through an effective two-way communications. The media (print, electronic and digital as well as social) is crucial in conveying the HPCSA’s messages to the stakeholders, thus playing a crucial and vital role in further communicating and advancing the HPCSA mandate to the stakeholders.

In the year under review, the HPCSA further enhanced the open and cordial relationship with the media, both locally and internationally. This effective working relationship has assisted in improving the public perception of the HPCSA.



This was resultant from the forty-seven (47) interviews conducted by the HPCSA, twenty–seven (27) media statements and releases and sixty (60) media enquiries responded to within the agreed turnaround times.

From the media monitoring aspect, the HPCSA had generated an Advertising Value Equivalent (AVE) to the value of R79 957 541. The AVE is a value that is used in the advertising industry to ‘measure’ the benefit to a client from media coverage of a public relations campaign. The HPCSA website continued to be the first point of call for both the public and practitioners for information; attracting 557 000 new users compared to 468, 762 in the previous reporting period.

3.5 Customer Service and Service Delivery

The Call Centre continued to serve as a front-line service, providing an essential service to the HPCSA key stakeholder – the practitioners. In the period under review, the Call Centre handled more than 205 000 calls which increased by more than 15% from the previous reporting period. An increase in the info e-mails rose to 49000 from 31 000 in the 2016/17 financial year. The improved working space has also contributed to the better working conditions within the Call Centre, thus delivering excellent service.

Through the HPCSA’s dedicated complaints email address: [email protected]; the HPCSA received more than 1200 emails during the year under review and 90% of those complaints were resolved within a 48–hour turnaround time. Practitioners are encouraged to use the

complaints line to rate the service they have received from HPCSA employees staff.

4. INFRASTRUCTURE

The HPCSA owns two (2) buildings in Arcadia. Due to the HPCSA’s office space challenges, a property roadmap to expand the current property portfolio was developed. The roadmap has four phases, namely: the feasibility study to determine the space demands, the appointment of a professional team to design and implement the project, approvals of the plans by the relevant authorities and the construction and commissioning of the new building.

The size of the new building will be aligned to the new organisational structure as determined by the Business Process Re-engineering. The new building will complement the existing space and include additional and adequate parking space.

During the period under review, several maintenance projects in the two buildings were completed. A security study was conducted, complete with a Business Plan to assist with the security enhancement project to eliminate break-ins and ensure that access control in the building is upgraded to safe guard staff and the assets of the HPCSA. An uninterrupted power supply was installed to stabilise the power supply in the main building, thus protecting all ICT assets and electrical equipment.

For the next financial period, the focus will be on implementing the Second Phase of the Property Roadmap to ensure that an approved and acceptable design of a new building is adopted, develop the funding model for the new building and to source services of a construction company through an open tender process.

For improved internet connectivity, the HPCSA Network Infrastructure was replaced by the new Fibre Optic infrastructure. The telephony infrastructure was converted from traditional Primary Rate Interface (PRI) to Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) for improved unified communication services. Reporting on utilisation and system performance has improved as proper monitoring tools were deployed during the year.



NUMBER OF COMPLAINTS RECEIVED

Description 2015/2016 2016/2017 2017/2018

2 944 2 755 1233

MATTERS FINALISED BY COMMITTEES OF PRELIMINARY INQUIRY

Description 2015/2016 2016/2017 2017/2018

1 013 1 326 1423

5. COMPLAINTS MANAGEMENT, COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT

In terms of section 3 of the Health Professions

Act,1974 one of the objects and functions of the Health Professions Council of South Africa (HPCSA) is to ensure the investigation of complaints concerning persons registered in terms of this Act and to ensure that appropriate disciplinary action is taken against such persons in order to protect the interest of the public. Section 3 of the Act is also intended to ensure that persons registered in terms of this Act behave towards users of health services in a manner that respects their constitutional rights to human dignity, bodily and psychological integrity and equality.

In the period under review, the HPCSA received 1 233 new complaints of which 90 were referred to the Ombudsman and 89 referred to the Inspectorate.

The table below depicts the breakdown of cases handled in the three previous financial years:

5.1 PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT INQUIRY

Following is a breakdown of matters that were referred for direct Inquiry before the Committee of Professional Conduct Inquiry and the penalties imposed.

SUMMARY OF FINALISED MATTERS ACCORDING TO PENALTIES 01 April 2016 - 31 March 2017

Description 2015/2016 2016/2017 2017/2018

Suspensions 28 10 12

Acquittals 24 28 13

Fines Imposed at inquiry

45 23 39

Caution & Reprimand

23 31 20

Admission of Guilt Fines 4(9)

118 95 160

Finalised at Health Committee

6 1 3

Finalised at Prelim

35 25 42

Erasures 9 3 6

Backlog project

70

TOTAL 288 216 365



BREAKDOWN PER BOARD

BREAKDOWN OF FINALISED MATTERS PER PROFESSIONAL BOARD 01 APRIL 2017 – 31 MARCH 2018

BOARD 2015 / 2016 2016 / 2017 2017/2018

1 Medical and Dental 199 137 258

2 Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene 8 4 13

3 Dietetics 0 2 2

4 Medical Technology 0 2 1

5 Occupational Therapy, Medical Orthotics & Prosthetics 5 0 1

6 Optometry & Dispensing Opticians 17 4 14

7 Physiotherapy, Podiatry and Biokinetics 6 22 13

8 Psychology 22 20 33

9 Speech, Language and Hearing 10 8 8

10 Emergency Care Personnel 14 13 19

11 Radiography and Clinical Technology 7 4 2

12 Environmental Health 0 0 1

TOTALS 288 216 365

FINALISED MATTERS PER OFFENCE

BREAKDOWN OF FINALISED MATTERS PER OFFENCE01 APRIL 2017 – 31 MARCH 2018

TYPE OF OFFENCE 2015/2016 2016/2017 2017/2018

Unethical Advertising 6 19 11

Incompetence 23 18 18

Over servicing 1 3 2

Breach of confidentiality 7 3 7

Damaging Professional Reputation of Colleague 1 4 1

Insufficient Care/Treatment & Mismanagement of Patients 28 17 40

Negligence 23 15 33

Unacceptable/Inappropriate Relationship with Patients 8 4 7

Refusing to treat patients 3 2 5

Misdiagnosis 2 5 11

Practicing Outside Scope of competence 13 14 20

Fraudulent Certificates/Incorrect Information on Death Certificates 10 3 16

Refusing to complete forms / producing inaccurate reports 4 9 11

Overcharging / charging for Services not Rendered 27 20 36

Issues relating to Consent 30 13 27

Fraud and theft 59 27 56

Bringing the Professions into disrepute 10 8 28

Employing unregistered practitioners 9 17 5

Unethical dispensing, using of unregistered medicine and prescribing of drugs

1 2 3

Contempt of Council 11 7 12

Supersession / Contravening the Hazardous Substances Act, 1973 6 4 2

Practicing without registration 6 2 14

TOTAL 288 216 365



5.2 Backlog Project - Authority to close certain complaints

A request was granted from the Medical and Dental Professions Board and the Professional Board for Psychology to authorise the General Manager: Legal Services to close some complaints in the following circumstances:

(a) Where the respondent had emigrated, or left South Africa in circumstances where it is not known when he / she will be back in the country; in which case such a respondent will be flagged accordingly to ensure that should he / she return to the country the complaint against him / her shall be reinstated;

(b) Where the respondent was deceased;

(c) Where the respondent was accused of practicing without registration as the Board does not have jurisdiction over such complaints as this is contravention of Section 17 of the Act and therefore a criminal matter falling within the jurisdiction of South African Police Services (SAPS);

(d) Where the respondent had been removed or suspended from the register. This request is informed by the fact that the Board does not have jurisdiction over persons that are not on the register. In this case, the respondent will be flagged and should he / she apply for restoration or lifting of the suspension and should such restoration or application for lifting of suspension be approved, the complaint against him / her will be reinstated;

(e) Where the complainant had withdrawn the complaint, or was not co-operating in circumstances where the charge of unprofessional conduct cannot be proven without his / her evidence; and

(f) Where the complainant or a crucial witness is deceased in circumstances where the charge of unprofessional conduct cannot be proven without his / her evidence.

5.2.1 Penalties

There was an increase in payment of penalties following the decision not to endorse the respondent’s certificate of status in terms of section 23 of the Act.

5.3 High Profile Cases

5.3.1 DR WOUTER BASSON

Background

Initially, six charges were brought against Dr Basson, but at the close of the case of the Pro-forma Complainant, he was acquitted on three of those charges. This was following an application for discharge, the ruling of which was handed down in January 2012 and those were charges related mainly to research activities.

The relevant charges for adjudication that remained and which Dr Basson was found guilty of, on 18 December 2013 were the following:

• Production Charge

• Weaponising Charge- adapt for use as a weapon

• Distribution Charge

In September 2015, Dr. Basson launched a review application challenging the Professional Conduct Committee’s refusal of the application for the recusal of other members of the Committee. In November 2015, the inquiry proceedings were held in abeyance pending the review application to be heard on 9 February 2016.

On 22 April 2016 the Pretoria High Court dismissed Dr Basson’s review application. On 17 May 2016, Dr Basson filed an application for leave to appeal. On 29 July 2016, the Pretoria High Court granted leave for Dr Basson to approach the Supreme Court of Appeal to appeal its decision of 22 April 2016 refusing to review and set aside the decision of the Committee for recusal of members of this Committee. The matter was heard in November 2017. On 18 January 2018, the SCA overturned the decision of the High Court and referred the matter back to the High Court for consideration of the merits.



The matter is set down to proceed on 21 February 2019 in the High Court.

5.3.2 DR. VEJAY RAMLAKAN

Mrs. Graca Machel and later on the Trustees of the late Former President Nelson Rolihlahla Mandela (“President Nelson Mandela” lodged in August 2017 a complaint of unprofessional conduct against one Dr. Vejay I Ramlakan for disclosing President Nelson Mandela’s confidential medical information in his book titled “Mandela’s Last Years”.

The complaint was considered by the Preliminary Committee of Inquiry of the Medical and Dental Professions Board on 22 November 2017. This Committee resolved that an inquiry into the conduct of Dr. Ramlakan be held and directed the Registrar to arrange accordingly.

The Pro forma complainant appointed by the Registrar completed the investigations and, at the end of the reporting period, in the process of formulating charges to be preferred to Dr. Ramlakan.

5.3.3 DR. DAVID SELLO

The HPCSA learnt of Dr David G Sello’s unprofessional behaviour through the media. Dr. Sello was subjected to a suspension hearing by an ad hoc committee of the Medical and Dental Professions Board in June 2018 and his name was suspended from the register with the result that he cannot practice as a medical practitioner in South Africa pending the finalisation of a formal inquiry into his conduct. Dr. Sello attempted to challenge his suspension from the register and in the high court without any success. A formal inquiry into the conduct of Dr. Sello is set down to proceed during October 2018. Dr. Sello remain suspended until the finalisation of the formal inquiry into his conduct.

5.3.4 PROF. TIM NOAKES

Prof. Tim Noakes, a medical practitioner registered with the HPCSA was reported at the HPCSA for giving unconventional medical advice via social media - Twitter. The Professional Conduct Committee of the Medical and Dental Professions Board found Tim Noakes not guilty of unprofessional conduct in April 2017. The pro-

forma complainant appealed against the finding of the Professional Conduct Committee and this appeal was dismissed by the HPCSA’s Ad hoc Appeals Committee in June 2018.

5.4 Mediation

The Office of the HPCSA Ombudsman was established to mediate in cases of minor transgressions in terms of regulation 2(3) (d) of the Regulations Relating to the Conduct of Inquiries into alleged Unprofessional Conduct under the Health Professions Act, 1974. In terms of these Regulations, minor transgressions mean conduct which, in the opinion of the Registrar or Preliminary Committee of Inquiry, on the basis of the documents submitted to the Registrar or such committee, is unprofessional, but of a minor nature, and therefore does not warrant the holding of a formal professional conduct inquiry.

The Office of the HPCSA Ombudsman considered all the referred matters and mediated between parties with a view to making a determination to resolve the matter between them. The Ombudsman advised the parties involved of the determination made on the matter and sought to determine whether the parties will abide by the determination. Once the parties had agreed to abide by the determination, the Ombudsman confirmed the determination in writing and it became binding on both parties as a final resolution on the matter.

In cases where either party did not agree to be bound by the determination, the matter would be referred to the Registrar for preliminary investigation.



Performance Information

INDICATOR 2014/2015 2015/2016 2016/2017 2017/2018

Performance Performance Performance Performance

Total Complaints received by HPCSA 2597 2944 2755 2608

Total complaints mediated 635(25%) 676(23%) 638(23.16%) 798(30.59%)

Number of complaints finalised 307 (49%) 552(82%) 306(48%) 243(30.45%)

Number of matters referred for preliminary

investigation

128 (20%) 83(12%) 67(11%) 24(3%)

Number of matters finalised through

contact mediations

42 (17%) 53 (9.6%) 3 (0.98%) 2(0.82%)

TAT for finalising matters 76 days 97 days 118 days 165 days

Practitioners Satisfaction Rate at

Roadshows/Symposia

95% 98%

The input of health professionals in the Office of the HPCSA Ombudsman in perusal, analysis and categorisation of complaints resulted in a significant increase in matters referred for mediation by eight percent (from 23% in the previous financial year to 31% in the year under review). Unfortunately, this increase was not matched with an increase in the staffing of the Ombudsman’s office resulting in a decline in performance with fewer matters finalised and turnaround time for finalisation of cases increasing from 118 days in the previous financial year to 140 in this financial year.

The Alternative Re-imbursement Model (e.g. the Global fees initiative), including other matters related to professional practice overstretched the capacity within the Office of the Ombudsman as the HPCSA relied on this Office to respond to queries related to these matters. An email account, [email protected] was opened to which all the queries were directed to; and the Office of the HPCSA Ombudsman was thus responsible for responding to such queries as well as writing articles for publishing on the HPCSA website to guide practitioners. This initiative was

appreciated by the health care industry as stakeholders had a unit to approach within the HPCSA to address any queries they might have had; however, this initiative impacted negatively on the performance of the Ombudsman’s Office on the finalisation of complaints.

The Office of the HPCSA Ombudsman also participated in four Special Practitioner Roadshows, one Practitioner Scheduled Roadshow and 16 Symposia, all of which were coordinated by the Public Relations and Service Delivery Department. All presentations at the Symposia were done by the Ombudsman and accredited for Continuing Professional Development points. The practitioners’ satisfaction rate based on the Survey Results at these engagement sessions was at 98%.

The Office of the HPCSA Ombudsman also made at all Public Awareness Campaigns; one held in Mpumalanga Province and two held in the North-West Province.

The analysis of the 798 complaints received according to Board distribution showed that the



Board distribution of complaints

Medical and Dental Professions Board account for 90.72% (724) of the complaints. This was followed by the Professional Board Physiotherapy, Podiatry and Biokinetics Board with 17 (2.13%). The Professional Boards for Optometry and Dispensing Opticians and Psychology Board each had 15, which was equivalent to 1.88%.

The Professional Board for Occupational Therapy, Medical Orthotics, Prosthetics and Arts Therapy Board had 10 complaints, which were 1.25% of the matters reported. The Professional Board for Radiography and Clinical Technology had 5 matters, which was 0.626%.

The Professional Board for Speech, Language and Hearing Professions had four matters reported which was a total of 0.5%. The Professional Board for Dietetics & Nutrition Board and Dental Therapy & Oral Hygiene Board had 3 (0.375%) matters each. The Emergency Care Board and Medical Technology Board each had one matter reported which was just 0.125% respectively.

No matters were reported of practitioners in the Professional Board for Environmental Health Practitioners.



Provincial distribution of complaints

The provincial distribution of complaints is a reflection of the register of practitioners. Gauteng province was where most practitioners registered under the Act are practicing and accounted for 51.25% (409) of complaints received. This was followed by KwaZulu-Natal at 16.29% (130); Western Cape at 14.53% (116); while the remaining provinces collectively accounted for the remaining 17.91% (143).

Nature of complaints



The nature of complaints were revised at the beginning of 2016. Fees spilt into accounts, billing and informed financial consent. The bulk of the complaints were in relation to accounts at 288 (36%) followed by complaints related to medical reports 224 (28%) and communications at 174 (21.8%).

5.5 LAW ENFORCEMENT AND COMPLIANCE: THE INSPECTORATE OFFICE

One of the responsibilities of the HPCSA is to enforce compliance by practitioners in line with the provisions of the Health Professions Act, 1974. Council is embarking on a campaign to ensure that all health practitioners comply with all the regulations, ethical rules and in line with the provisions of the Health Professions Act.

In order to execute this mandate, the HPCSA established the Inspectorate Office whose main focus and primary role is to ensure that registered practitioners comply with the provisions of the Act, as well as all rules and regulations governing the practitioners. The Inspectorate has since been operational from 2015.

Over and above the overarching responsibility of ensuring compliance, the Inspectorate Office is also responsible for the following duties:

Conducting proactive inspections of premises to ensure compliance;

• Assisting Professional Boards with the inspections on clinical and professional compliance matters;

• Ensuring compliance with penalties imposed by the Professional Conduct Committee; and

• Collecting outstanding fines and attend to criminal matters in respect of unregistered practitioners.

5.5.1 JOINT INSPECTIONS WITH OTHER LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES

In the period under review, the HPCSA worked with other regulatory bodies in the healthcare industry and law enforcement agencies and was assisted by members of the public to expose and arrest illegal practitioners.

Following are the cases that the HPCSA dealt with, where people who are neither trained (qualified) nor registered with the Council were practicing as health care professionals. Some of these people used forged documents such as fake qualifications, fake registration papers and fake registration numbers. In some instances, members of the public were instrumental in alerting or reporting these illegal and bogus people to the HPCSA

In the Western Cape, the HPCSA working with other law enforcement agencies, busted Mr Samuels practising as a Medical Practitioner whilst he is not registered with the HPCSA. Mr. Samuels was arrested and taken into custody at the Straanfontein SAPS.

In Gauteng, the HPCSA conducted Joint Operations with the Road Traffic Management Corporation (RTMC); Medicines Control Council (MCC), Medscheme; the South African Police Service (SAPS), the Directorate for Priority Crimes Investigation Unit (DPCI), Qhubeka Forensic Services and the HAWKS in the following cases:

• Dr William Mogaila in Kempton Park where Ms Mubiala Priscille Kitsisi, Mr Desire Kwete Bope, and Ms Sylvie Bope Kabinda (all Congolese Nationals) were arrested for practising as medical practitioners illegally whist not registered. Large amounts of scheduled Medications including medication “For state use only” were seized; as well as medical certificates for Professional Driving Permits (PDPs) sold for R60.00 each. CAS no. 484/8/2017.



• Dr William Mogaila was arrested for employing unregistered persons; who were practising whilst not registered and selling medical certificates on police CAS no. 541/08/2017.

• An unregistered female Congolese, Ms Kimanga Nana Kindundu was found practising as a medical practitioner, employed by Dr Mogaila. She was arrested and taken into custody at the Kliptown SAPS under CAS No. 415/09/2017.

• Dr Alabi was arrested for practising as a Medical Practitioner under Dr Maebane whilst he was not registered with the HPCSA, on Police CAS no. 307/8/2017.

• Ms MM Mokgabudi was found to be practising as a Medical Practitioner whilst she was not registered as such with the HPCSA. Ms Mokgabudi was arrested and taken into custody at the Springs SAPS under CAS no. 405/7/2017.

• Dr VM Nhlapo practising whilst not being registered with the HPCSA. It was established that the practice was purchased by Dr Joseph Thabo Mnisi in August 2016 and no Dr VM Nhlapo could be located at the practice.

• Dr Enock Niyiduhamagara, who had employed an unregistered foreign practitioner named Dr Bodika Nyindu (also known as Dr Mike Bodika) at his practice. Whilst Dr Bodika managed to escape from the premises, the matter was reported to the Vereeniging SAPS under CAS no. 517/09/2017.

• In the North West, Dr.Jogi was arrested for Fraud: CAS: 656/09/2017 in Rustenburg and two of his unregistered locums were arrested in terms of Section 17(1)(a) of the Health Professions Act Rustenburg CAS 658/09/2017.

6. KEY POLICY DEVELOPMENTS AND LEGISLATIVE CHANGES

6.1 Professional Board’s consideration

The following regulations were considered by the various Professional Boards under the auspices of the Health Professions Council of South Africa and in accordance with the Health Professions Act, 1974 (Act No. 56 of 1974) (the Act”) in the period under review:

1. Regulations relating to the registration of additional qualifications by speech therapists, speech therapists and audiologists, and audiologists;

2. Regulations relating to the qualifications for the registration of speech therapists, speech therapists and audiologists, audiologists, and hearing aid acousticians; and

3. Regulations relating to the names that may not be used in relation to the profession of physiotherapy.

6.2 Under Ministerial consideration

The following regulations and notices were submitted to the Minister of Health for consideration and approval:

1. Notice relating to change of name of the Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene Board;

2. Regulations relating to the registration of persons who hold qualifications not prescribed for registration: Amendment;

3. Regulations relating to the minimum requirements of the Undergraduate Curricula and Professional Examination in Speech, Language and Therapy;

4. Regulations relating to the qualifications for



registration of Arts Therapists;

5. Regulations relating to the registration of Intern Arts Therapists in Drama;

6. Regulations relating to the specialities and sub - specialities in Medicine and Dentistry: Amendment;

7. Regulations relating to the registration of Forensic Pathology Officers;

8. Regulations relating to the names that may not be used in relation to the profession of Optometry and Dispensing Opticians: Amendment;

9. Regulations relating to the qualifications for the registration of Optometrists;

10. Regulations relating to the qualifications for the registration of Dispensing Opticians;

11. Regulations relating to the Constitution of the Professional Board for Optometry and Dispensing Opticians: Amendment;

12. Regulations relating to the Conditions under which registered Orthoptists may practice their profession: Repeal;

13. Regulations relating to the registration by Optometrists of additional qualifications;

14. Regulations relating to the qualifications for registration of Biokineticists: amendment;

15. Regulations relating to the qualifications for registration of Medical Orthotists and Prosthetists;

16. Regulations relating to the qualifications for registration of Basic Ambulance Assistants, Ambulance Emergency Assistants, Operational Emergency Care Orderlies and Paramedics: Amendment;

17. Regulations relating to the names that may not be used in the profession of Dietetics and Nutrition;

18. Regulations relating to the Constitution of the Professional Board for Environmental Health Practitioners: Amendment; and

19. Regulations relating to the performance of community service by persons registering in terms of the Health Professions Act, 1974: Amendment.

6.3 Published for comment

The “Minister of Health published the Amendment of the regulations relating to the specialities and sub- specialities in Medicine and Dentistry: Amendment for comment.

6.4 Submitted to the Minister for final promulgation

Comments were received in respect of the Amendment of the regulations relating to the Conduct of Inquiries into alleged unprofessional conduct: The Minister of Health is in the process of finally promulgating this Amendment into law.

6.5 Regulations and notice finally promulgated into law

The following regulations and one notice were promulgated into law by the Minister of Health in terms of the Health Professions Act, 1974:

Regulations relating to the Registration of Audiology Students;

1. Regulations relating to the registration of Dental Assistants: Amendment;

2. Regulations defining the Scope of the Profession of Oral Hygiene;

3. Change of name of the Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene Board; and

4. Regulations defining the Scope of the Profession of Speech-Language Therapy.

6.6 Rules published for comment

Rules relating to the registration by Medical Practitioners and Dentists of additional qualification: Amendment.

6.7 Rules repealed

The Health Professions Council of South Africa repealed the Rules for the registration of Orthoptists.

Performance Informationby Programme

Part B



7. Performance Information By Programme

7.1 Strategic Outcome Oriented Goals

The strategic outcome- oriented goals of the HPCSA, as agreed upon by Council, attest to the HPCSA’s role in facilitating the achievement of the national socio-economic and socio-political development agenda.

Following are Council’s Strategic Programmes/ Goals:

Improved Business Model to enhance the functioning of the HPCSA

Adequate, effective and efficient support provided to the Professional Boards and Secretariat

Improving the role of the HPCSA as an advocate and advisor through enhanced engagement with all key stakeholders

Legislative and regulatory consistency across the HPCSA and its Professional Boards

The HPCSA’s Goals and SMART Goal Statements with 5 - year targets are:

The strategic outcome - oriented goals of the HPCSA, as agreed upon by Council, attest to HPCSA’s role in facilitating the achievement of the national socio-economic and socio-political development agenda.

The HPCSA’s Goals and SMART Goal Statements with 5-year targets are:



Strategic Objectives

The Goals of Council responds to the key direct challenges faced by the HPCSA. This requires key short term interventions and is reactive to the current constrained situation. However, contained within the strategy is the appreciation

of the longer - term impetus including the NDP, NHI, the dynamic and shifting health care environment, the need to uphold and protect the rights of patients and other environment shift which requires a more proactive approach.

Table 2: Goals and Goal Statements

Strategic Goal Goal Statement

1. Improved Business Model to enhance the

functioning of the HPCSA

• Improved organisational effectiveness / efficiency

2. Adequate, effective and efficient support

provided to the Professional Boards & Secretariat

• Improved board functioning in terms of fulfilling its

legislative mandate

• Effective and efficient support processes with

defined targets and turnaround times in place to

enhance service delivery to all internal stakeholders

3. Improving the role of the HPCSA as an advocate

& advisor through enhanced engagement with all

key stakeholders

• Proactive engagement with key stakeholders on

relevant health positions

4. Legislative and regulatory consistency across the

HPCSA and its Professional Boards

• Consistent, relevant and applicable legislative and

regulatory framework



CO

UN

CIL

’S P

ERFO

RMA

NC

E A

GA

INST

STR

ATE

GY

FO

R TH

E PE

RIO

D 1

6/17

AN

D 1

7/18

7.2

Pro

gra

mm

e 1

Go

al (

Pro

gra

mm

e)

1: Im

pro

ved

Bus

ine

ss M

od

el t

o E

nha

nce

the

Fun

ctio

ning

of t

he H

PCSA

Stra

teg

ic

Ob

jec

tive

sO

bje

ctiv

e

Sta

tem

ent

Perfo

rma

nce

Me

tric

sTa

rge

ts

Ind

ica

tor

Uni

tBa

selin

eFY

16/1

7FY

17/1

8A

ctu

al

De

via

tion

Ca

rry

Ove

r to

18

/19

16/1

717

/18

1.1

Imp

rove

d

pe

rfo

rma

nc

e

an

d

fun

ctio

na

lity

thro

ug

h a

re

vie

w o

f th

e c

urr

en

t b

usin

ess

m

od

el

An

aly

se a

nd

im

ple

me

nt

an

imp

rove

d

bu

sine

ss m

od

el

to e

nsu

re t

ha

t H

PCSA

fun

ctio

ns

eff

ec

tive

ly a

nd

e

ffic

ien

tly t

o

inc

lud

e (

bu

t n

ot

limite

d t

o):

•

Fun

din

g M

od

el

•

Pro

ce

ss R

evi

ew

•

Org

an

isatio

na

l St

ruc

ture

•

Na

tion

al /

Pr

ovi

nc

ial

Foo

tprin

t

•

IT S

yste

ms

•

Perf

orm

an

ce

A

ud

it

•

Co

mp

lain

ts

Ha

nd

ling

(e

.g.

Co

mp

lain

ts

Dire

cto

rate

)

Busin

ess

M

od

el R

evi

ew

C

om

ple

tion

%N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

100%

Co

mp

lete

d

100%

Co

mp

lete

d

10%

100%

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

Ph

ase

2

Imp

lem

en

tatio

n

of N

ew

Bu

sine

ss

Mo

de

l

%N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

ne

10%

imp

lem

en

ted

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

Ph

ase

2

Imp

lem

en

tatio

n

in p

roc

ess

Clie

nt

Satis

fac

tion

%N

on

eEs

tab

lish

Ba

selin

e60

%65

%50

.4%

NB:

Do

ne

b

y th

e V

isio

n

an

d D

esig

n

Wo

rkst

rea

m o

f th

e P

roje

ct



Go

al (

Pro

gra

mm

e)

1: Im

pro

ved

Bus

ine

ss M

od

el t

o E

nha

nce

the

Fun

ctio

ning

of t

he H

PCSA

Stra

teg

ic

Ob

jec

tive

sO

bje

ctiv

e

Sta

tem

ent

Perfo

rma

nce

Me

tric

sTa

rge

ts

Ind

ica

tor

Uni

tBa

selin

eFY

16/1

7FY

17/1

8A

ctu

al

De

via

tion

Ca

rry

Ove

r to

18

/19

16/1

717

/18

1.2

Imp

rove

d

fun

ctio

nin

g

of t

he

Sec

reta

riat,

Boa

rd &

Co

un

cil

thro

ug

h R

ole

Cla

rific

atio

n

an

d

De

leg

atio

ns

of A

uth

orit

y

Cla

rify

the

role

s,

resp

on

sibili

ties,

au

tho

rity

an

d

ac

co

un

tab

ility

of S

ec

reta

riat,

Boa

rd &

Co

un

cil;

an

d e

nsu

re

imp

lem

en

tatio

n

an

d m

on

itorin

g

the

reo

f

Perf

orm

an

ce

Eva

lua

tion

KPI D

ash

bo

ard

De

velo

pe

d

%N

on

eEs

tab

lish

Base

line

100%

co

mp

lete

d

(alig

ne

d t

o

go

vern

an

ce

fra

me

wo

rk)

No

t

ap

plic

ab

le

De

velo

pe

d

Ensu

re

me

ch

an

isms

in

pla

ce

to

pro

vid

e

ove

rsig

ht

of

Sec

reta

riat

(th

rou

gh

de

leg

atio

ns)

Ap

pro

ved

De

leg

atio

n

of A

uth

orit

y

revi

ew

ed

Yes/

No

Cu

rre

nt

De

leg

atio

ns

– R

evi

ew

100%

Ap

pro

ved

100%

revi

ew

ed

100%

100%

To b

e a

lign

ed

to n

ew

fun

ctio

na

l

an

d

org

an

iza

tion

al

De

sign



Link

ing

pe

rform

anc

e w

ith b

udg

ets

PRO

GRA

MM

E 1:

IMPR

OV

ED B

USI

NES

S M

OD

EL T

O E

NH

AN

CE

THE

FUN

CTI

ON

ING

OF

THE

HPC

SA

De

scrip

tion

Ye

arly

Bu

dg

et

Roll-

ove

rV

irem

ent

s20

16/1

7 Su

rplu

sA

dju

ste

d

Bud

ge

tY

ea

r-to

-da

te

ac

tua

lsV

aria

nce

s%

V

aria

nce

Ca

pita

l pro

jec

ts

2 30

3 52

412

290

252

14 5

93 7

7611

680

009

2 91

3 76

720

%

Stra

teg

ic p

roje

ct

–Qu

ick

win

s BP

R p

roje

ct

1

482

372

-411

639

1

070

733

996

840

73 8

937%

Stra

teg

ic p

roje

ct

– Bu

sine

ss P

roc

ess

Re

-

Eng

ine

erin

g p

roje

ct

7

885

585

7 88

5 58

57

194

615

690

970

9%

Stra

teg

ic p

roje

ct

– A

nn

ua

l fe

e re

ne

wa

ls &

ne

w re

gist

ratio

ns

1 80

0 00

0

-366

061

1

433

939

879

605

554

334

39%

Stra

teg

ic p

roje

ct

– R

eg

istra

tion

sc

an

nin

g

pro

jec

t

1 15

8 41

11

290

590

-4 5

002

444

500

1 89

0 30

350

9 73

121

%

Rea

son

for v

aria

nce

s:

Busin

ess

Pro

ce

ss R

e-

en

gin

ee

ring

pro

jec

t fo

r Ph

ase

1 t

o fi

nish

201

8/19

an

d IT

Ha

rdw

are

refr

esh

pro

jec

t to

co

ntin

ue

th

rou

gh

201

8/19

an

d 2

019/

20 in

pre

pa

ratio

n fo

r a

uto

ma

tion

of C

ore

s se

rvic

e a

rea

s in

clu

din

g R

eg

istra

tion

, CPD

, an

d o

the

r.



7.3

Pro

gra

mm

e 2 G

oa

l (Pr

og

ram

me

) 2:

Ad

eq

uate

, Effe

ctiv

e a

nd E

ffic

ient

Sup

po

rt P

rovi

de

d to

and

by

Co

unc

il, P

rofe

ssio

nal B

oa

rds

and

Se

cre

taria

t

Stra

teg

ic

Ob

jec

tive

sSt

rate

gic

St

ate

me

ntPe

rform

anc

e M

etr

ics

Targ

ets

Ind

ica

tor

Uni

tBa

selin

eFY

16/1

7FY

17/1

8A

ctu

al

De

via

tion

Ca

rry

Ove

r to

18

/19

16/1

717

/18

2.1

Imp

rove

d

co

mm

un

ica

tion

a

nd

kn

ow

led

ge

m

an

ag

em

en

t

De

velo

p a

nd

im

ple

me

nt

pro

ce

sse

s,

pro

ce

du

res

an

d s

yste

ms

to

en

sure

eff

ec

tive

c

om

mu

nic

atio

n

an

d in

form

atio

n/

kno

wle

dg

e

ma

na

ge

me

nt

(Go

vern

an

ce

c

om

mitt

ee

s)

Inte

rna

l C

om

mu

nic

atio

n

an

d

Co

llab

ora

tion

Fr

am

ew

ork

d

eve

lop

ed

%N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

100%

d

eve

lop

ed

He

ld in

A

be

yan

ce

Pe

nd

ing

BPR

100%

d

eve

lop

ed

75%

0%Th

is is

pa

rt o

f th

e

Co

llab

ora

tion

p

latf

orm

wh

ich

w

e n

ee

d t

o

en

co

ura

ge

m

em

be

rs t

o u

seIm

ple

me

nta

tion

%N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

25%

Imp

lem

en

ted

100%

Imp

lem

en

ted

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

75

%A

wa

itin

g t

he

im

ple

me

nta

tion

of

Intr

an

et

Dig

itisa

tion

o

f ha

rd c

op

y d

oc

um

en

ts

(ba

ck

sca

nn

ing

)

%N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

10

0%

Imp

lem

en

ted

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

10

0%Fi

na

lise

d in

Au

gu

st

2017

On

line

C

olla

bo

ratio

n

pla

tfo

rm

imp

lem

en

tatio

n

%N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

10

0%

Imp

lem

en

ted

12

%10

0%

2.2

Enh

an

ce

d

co

mp

ete

nc

e

of c

ou

nc

il m

em

be

rs,

bo

ard

me

mb

ers

&

Se

cre

taria

t

Ensu

re c

on

tinu

ou

s tr

ain

ing

of:

•

Co

un

cil

Me

mb

ers

&

Co

un

cil

Co

mm

itte

es

•

Boa

rd

Me

mb

er

•

Sec

reta

riat

To e

nsu

re t

he

H

PCSA

fun

ctio

ns

eff

ec

tive

ly

an

d t

ha

t th

ere

is

co

nsis

ten

t a

pp

lica

tion

of

reg

ula

tion

s a

nd

a

dh

ere

nc

e t

o

turn

aro

un

d t

ime

s

Nu

mb

er o

f Tr

ain

ing

Se

ssio

ns

He

ld

Nu

mb

er

No

ne

1 Tr

ain

ing

Se

ssio

n2

Tra

inin

g

Sess

ion

s2

Sess

ion

s(C

ou

nc

il)

1( R

isk

Ma

na

ge

me

nt

for a

ll th

e

Boa

rds)

1 (S

ec

reta

riat

on

Wo

rkp

lac

e

Disc

iplin

e)

Att

en

da

nc

e a

t Tr

ain

ing

%N

on

e80

%

att

en

da

nc

e70

% a

tte

nd

an

ce

70%

70%



Go

al (

Pro

gra

mm

e)

2: A

de

qua

te, E

ffec

tive

and

Effi

cie

nt S

upp

ort

Pro

vid

ed

to a

nd b

y C

oun

cil,

Pro

fess

iona

l Bo

ard

s a

nd S

ec

reta

riat

Stra

teg

ic

Ob

jec

tive

sSt

rate

gic

St

ate

me

ntPe

rform

anc

e M

etr

ics

Targ

ets

Ind

ica

tor

Uni

tBa

selin

eFY

16/1

7FY

17/1

8A

ctu

al

De

via

tion

Ca

rry

Ove

r to

18

/19

16/1

717

/18

2.3

Imp

rove

d

eff

ec

tive

ne

ss

an

d e

ffic

ien

cy

of m

ee

ting

s

Pro

vid

e

ad

eq

ua

te

sup

po

rt, s

uc

h a

s:

•

Stre

am

linin

g

of m

ee

ting

a

ge

nd

as,

m

inu

tes,

d

oc

um

en

ts

rec

eiv

ed

by

Co

mm

itte

es

/ Bo

ard

s /

Co

un

cil

(te

mp

late

s d

esig

ne

d t

o

eff

ec

tive

ly

co

nta

in

req

uire

d

info

rma

tion

)

•

De

velo

pm

en

t o

f a d

ec

isio

n

ma

trix

p

roto

co

l

•

Tec

hn

ica

l re

sea

rch

a

nd

leg

al

fra

me

wo

rks

/ a

dvi

ce

ma

de

a

vaila

ble

prio

r to

me

etin

gs

•

Boa

rd

Co

ac

he

s IT

su

pp

ort

Enh

an

ce

me

nt

an

d

Sta

nd

ard

isatio

n

of T

em

pla

tes,

Pr

oc

ess

es

&

Syst

em

s

%N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

100%

st

an

da

rdise

dN

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

95%

st

an

da

rdise

d10

0%

Co

mp

lian

ce

to

p

roc

ess

es

an

d

reg

ula

tion

s

%N

on

eEs

tab

lish

Ba

selin

e10

0%

co

mp

lian

ce

100%

100%

Co

nd

uc

t re

sea

rch

on

a

ll a

ge

nd

a

item

s re

qu

irin

g

rese

arc

h

%N

on

e10

0%

co

mp

letio

n

of r

ese

arc

h

(fo

r ag

en

da

ite

ms

req

uiri

ng

re

sea

rch

)

100%

c

om

ple

tion

o

f re

sea

rch

(f

or a

ge

nd

a

item

s re

qu

irin

g

rese

arc

h)

100%

100%

Re

du

ctio

n o

f lit

iga

tion

du

e

to u

ltra

vire

s d

ec

isio

ns

%N

on

eEs

tab

lish

Ba

selin

e10

0%80

%10

0%N

o ju

dg

em

en

t a

ga

inst

HPC

SA

du

e t

o U

ltra

Vire

s D

ec

isio

ns



Go

al (

Pro

gra

mm

e)

2: A

de

qua

te, E

ffec

tive

and

Effi

cie

nt S

upp

ort

Pro

vid

ed

to a

nd b

y C

oun

cil,

Pro

fess

iona

l Bo

ard

s a

nd S

ec

reta

riat

Stra

teg

ic

Ob

jec

tive

sSt

rate

gic

St

ate

me

ntPe

rform

anc

e M

etr

ics

Targ

ets

Ind

ica

tor

Uni

tBa

selin

eFY

16/1

7FY

17/1

8A

ctu

al

De

via

tion

Ca

rry

Ove

r to

18

/19

16/1

717

/18

2.4

Dig

ital

Tra

nsf

orm

atio

n

with

in t

he

H

PCSA

Up

da

te IT

roa

dm

ap

to m

ee

t th

e

req

uire

me

nts

of t

he

HPC

SA

as

a w

ho

le a

nd

sup

po

rt H

PCSA

pro

ce

sse

s

(inc

lud

ing

bu

t n

ot

limite

d t

o o

mn

i-

ch

an

ne

l ac

ce

ss

to e

-re

gist

ratio

ns,

un

ifie

d

co

mm

un

ica

tion

)

De

velo

p IT

Ro

ad

ma

p

%N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

100%

De

velo

pe

d

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

10

0%N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

Imp

lem

en

tatio

n%

No

t

ap

plic

ab

le

No

t

ap

plic

ab

le

33%

imp

lem

en

tatio

n

50%

-

E R

eg

istra

tion

Imp

lem

en

tatio

n

%N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

t

ap

plic

ab

le

33%

imp

lem

en

tatio

n

No

t

ap

plic

ab

le

-A

wa

itin

g

fina

lisa

tion

Pha

se 2

On

line

ren

ew

al

of a

nn

ua

l

reg

istra

tion

imp

lem

en

tatio

n

%N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

t

ap

plic

ab

le

100%

Imp

lem

en

tatio

n

25%

100%

2.5

Ra

tion

alis

atio

n

of C

om

mitt

ee

sR

evi

ew

of

co

mm

itte

es

with

em

ph

asis

on

wh

ere

IT &

Go

vern

an

ce

is

ho

use

d w

ithin

the

co

mm

itte

e

stru

ctu

res

of t

he

HPC

SA a

nd

to

en

sure

th

at

it

is a

de

qu

ate

ly

reso

urc

ed

an

d

mo

nito

red

Ra

tion

alis

atio

n

of C

om

mitt

ee

s

Yes/

No

No

t

ap

plic

ab

le

Yes/

No

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

Ye

sYe

sA

s Pa

rt o

f

imp

lem

en

tatio

n

of G

ove

rna

nc

e

rec

om

me

nd

atio

ns



Link

ing

pe

rform

anc

e w

ith b

udg

ets

PRO

GRA

MM

E 2:

AD

EQU

ATE

, EFF

ECTI

VE

AN

D E

FFIC

IEN

T SU

PPO

RT P

ROV

IDED

TO

AN

D B

Y C

OU

NC

IL, P

ROFE

SSIO

NA

L BO

ARD

S A

ND

SEC

RETA

RIA

T

De

scrip

tion

Ye

arly

Bu

dg

et

Roll-

ove

rV

irem

ent

s20

16/1

7 Su

rplu

sA

dju

ste

d

Bud

ge

tY

ea

r-to

-da

te

ac

tua

lsV

aria

nce

s%

V

aria

nce

INC

OM

E

An

nu

al F

ee

s20

2 45

6 72

220

2 45

6 72

219

2 27

1 62

7-1

0 18

5 09

5-5

%

Re

gist

ratio

n fe

es

22 8

96 2

8622

896

286

22 1

86 7

49-7

09 5

37-3

%

Exa

min

atio

n fe

es

4 13

2 99

24

132

992

3 10

2 78

4-1

030

208

-25%

Eva

lua

tion

Fe

es

2 34

9 84

12

349

841

2 10

2 09

1-2

47 7

50-1

1%

Pen

alti

es

3 06

0 07

23

060

072

2 86

4 32

5-1

95 7

47-6

%

Sun

dry

fee

(In

clu

din

g R

est

ora

tion

fee

s)10

240

089

10 2

40 0

8912

027

242

1 78

7 15

317

%

Oth

er I

nc

om

e (

Inc

lud

ing

Inte

rest

rec

eiv

ed

)38

281

462

38 2

81 4

6245

391

515

7 11

0 05

319

%

EXPE

ND

ITU

RE

Co

un

cil

an

d P

rofe

ssio

na

l Bo

ard

co

mm

itte

es

56 2

50 2

755

482

993

-223

069

61 5

10 1

9846

903

567

14 6

06 6

3124

%

Ad

min

istra

tion

exp

en

ditu

re65

813

507

23

101

300

-2

189

453

23

5 02

3 86

960

377

87

216

447

-2

56 0

70

0%

Emp

loye

e e

xpe

nd

iture

158

933

510

620

000

2 41

2 52

21

125

666

163

091

698

162

713

273

378

425

0%

Rea

son

for v

aria

nce

s:

Less

Em

erg

en

cy

Ca

re a

nd

th

e M

ed

ica

l an

d D

en

tal B

oa

rds

pra

ctit

ion

ers

ch

oo

sing

to

sta

y re

gist

ere

d w

ith H

PCSA

lea

din

g t

o a

red

uc

tion

in a

nn

ua

l fe

e a

nd

reg

istra

tion

fe

e re

ven

ue

rec

eiv

ed

.

Posit

ive

va

rian

ce

s fo

r Co

un

cil,

Pro

fess

ion

al B

oa

rd a

nd

co

mm

itte

e e

xpe

nd

iture

wa

s d

ue

to

less

me

etin

gs

req

uire

d t

ha

n w

as

bu

dg

ete

d fo

r an

d a

lso le

ss t

ha

n 1

00%

a

tte

nd

an

ce

.



7.4

Pro

gra

mm

e 3

Go

al (

Pro

gra

mm

e)

3: Im

pro

ving

the

Ro

le o

f the

HPC

SA a

s a

n A

dvo

ca

te a

nd A

dvi

sor T

hro

ugh

Enha

nce

d E

nga

ge

me

nt w

ith a

ll K

ey

Sta

keho

lde

rs

Stra

teg

ic

Ob

jec

tive

sSt

rate

gic

St

ate

me

ntPe

rform

anc

e M

etr

ics

Targ

ets

Ind

ica

tor

Uni

tBa

selin

eFY

16/1

7FY

17/1

8A

ctu

al

De

via

tion

Ca

rry

Ove

r to

18/

1916

/17

17/1

8

3.1

Effe

ctiv

e

Sta

keh

old

er

Eng

ag

em

en

t

De

velo

p a

sta

keh

old

er

en

ga

ge

me

nt

pla

n t

o e

nsu

re

eff

ec

tive

co

mm

un

ica

tion

with

all

sta

keh

old

ers

Imp

lem

en

tatio

n

of s

take

ho

lde

r

en

ga

ge

me

nt

pla

n

De

velo

pm

en

t

of S

take

ho

lde

r

Eng

ag

em

en

t

Pla

n

%N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

100%

de

velo

pe

d

100%

de

velo

pe

d

0%10

%D

raft

de

velo

pe

d

an

d a

wa

itin

g

co

nsu

ltatio

ns

thro

ug

h t

he

stru

ctu

res

Imp

lem

en

tatio

n

of s

take

ho

lde

r

en

ga

ge

me

nt

pla

n

%N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

On

go

ing

33%

imp

lem

en

ted

0%0%

3.2

Co

he

sive

inte

rna

l

en

viro

nm

en

t

be

twe

en

Boa

rds,

Sec

reta

riat

an

d

Co

un

cil

(e.g

.

inte

r-b

oa

rd

foru

m)

Fost

er a

n

en

ab

ling

wo

rkin

g

en

viro

nm

en

t

be

twe

en

Bo

ard

s,

Sec

reta

riat

an

d

Co

un

cilD

efin

e

Term

s o

f

Re

fere

nc

e

Nu

mb

er o

f

me

etin

gs

Nu

mb

er

No

ne

2 m

ee

ting

s2

me

etin

gs

02

De

fine

Te

rms

of

Re

fere

nc

e

%10

0%

de

fine

d

No

t

ap

plic

ab

le

100%

de

fine

d

No

t

ap

plic

ab

le

Re

vise

d

term

s

un

de

r

Pha

se 2



Link

ing

pe

rform

anc

e w

ith b

udg

ets

PRO

GRA

MM

E 3:

IMPR

OV

ING

TH

E RO

LE O

F TH

E H

PCSA

AS

AN

AD

VO

CA

TE A

ND

AD

VIS

OR

THRO

UG

H E

NH

AN

CED

EN

GA

GEM

ENT

WIT

H A

LL K

EY S

TAK

EHO

LDER

S

De

scrip

tion

Ye

arly

Bu

dg

et

Roll-

ove

rV

irem

ent

s20

15/1

6 Su

rplu

sA

dju

ste

d

Bud

ge

tY

ea

r-to

-da

te

ac

tua

lsV

aria

nce

s%

V

aria

nce

Pub

lic re

latio

ns

/ p

ub

lica

tion

s5

818

122

-43

700

5 77

4 42

2 5

222

271

552

151

10%

Inte

rna

tion

al c

on

fere

nc

es

/ o

vers

ea

s tr

ave

l1

326

319

250

000

1 57

6 31

9 1

438

233

138

086

9%

AM

CO

A c

on

fere

nc

e55

8 05

7 2

759

111

3 31

7 16

9 3

125

629

191

540

6%

Loc

al c

on

fere

nc

es

an

d m

ee

ting

s80

0 43

9 80

0 43

9 69

0 09

3 11

0 34

6 14

%

Om

bu

dsm

an

co

sts

445

000

224

986

669

986

119

854

126

198

19%

Insp

ec

tora

te E

xpe

nse

s1

325

852

1 32

5 85

2 12

635

88

8 12

9 67

%

Rea

son

for v

aria

nce

s:

Surp

lus

in P

ub

lic re

latio

ns

exp

en

ditu

re d

ue

to

Ro

ad

sho

ws

an

d S

ymp

osia

roll-

ove

r to

201

8/19

fin

an

cia

l ye

ar.

Savi

ng

s w

ere

rea

lise

d fo

r In

tern

atio

na

l, A

MC

OA

an

d L

oc

al C

on

fere

nc

es

exp

en

ditu

re, a

s w

ell

as

Om

bu

dsm

an

an

d In

spe

cto

rate

exp

en

ditu

re



7.5

Pro

gra

mm

e 4

Go

al (

Pro

gra

mm

e)

4: L

eg

isla

tive

and

Re

gul

ato

ry C

ons

iste

ncy

Ac

ross

the

HPC

SA a

nd it

s Pr

ofe

ssio

nal B

oa

rds

Stra

teg

ic

Ob

jec

tive

sSt

rate

gic

St

ate

me

nts

Perfo

rma

nce

Me

tric

sTa

rge

ts

Ind

ica

tor

Uni

tBa

selin

eFY

16/1

7FY

17/1

8A

ctu

al

De

via

tion

Ca

rry

Ove

r to

18/

1916

/17

17/1

8

4.1

Leg

isla

tive

re

vie

w t

o

en

sure

le

gisl

atio

n

me

ets

th

e

req

uire

me

nts

o

f ch

an

gin

g

he

alth

ca

re

lan

dsc

ap

e

Co

nd

uc

t a

le

gisl

ativ

e re

vie

w

to e

nsu

re t

ha

t th

e

leg

isla

tion

me

ets

th

e re

qu

irem

en

ts

of t

he

ch

an

gin

g

he

alth

ca

re

lan

dsc

ap

e

Re

po

rt o

n

Leg

isla

tion

Yes/

No

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

Ye

sYe

s N

oN

oH

eld

in

Ab

eya

nc

e B

PRYe

s

Dra

ft P

olic

y D

oc

um

en

tYe

s/N

oN

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

Ye

sN

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

Yes

Fin

al P

olic

yYe

s/N

oN

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

Yes

Dra

ft B

illYe

s/N

oN

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

Ye

sN

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

Yes

Pro

mu

lga

tion

of

sec

tion

s th

at

ha

ve

no

t ye

t b

ee

n

pro

mu

lga

ted

Sec

tion

s Pr

om

ulg

ate

dYe

s/N

oN

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Pro

cla

ma

tion

d

oc

um

en

ts a

re

with

th

e M

inist

er

4.2

Re

gist

ratio

n

& L

ice

nsu

re

to P

rac

tice

Fin

alis

e p

roc

ess

es

pe

rta

inin

g t

o

reg

istra

tion

s a

nd

lic

en

sure

to

p

rac

tice

to

en

sure

th

at

juris

dic

tion

is

ma

inta

ine

d

at

all

time

s a

nd

e

nsu

re e

ffe

ctiv

e

en

forc

em

en

t o

f th

e

leg

isla

tion

(Ph

ase

2)

Co

nc

ep

t D

oc

um

en

tYe

s/N

oN

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Pub

lish

Dra

ft

Polic

yYe

s/N

oN

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

Ye

sN

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

Yes

Fin

al P

olic

yYe

s/N

oN

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

Ye

sN

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

Yes

Imp

lem

en

tatio

n%

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

t a

pp

lica

ble

N

ot

ap

plic

ab

le

No

Yes

4.3

Re

gu

lato

ry

Co

nsis

ten

cy

Mo

nito

r th

e

reg

ula

tory

revi

ew

to

e

nsu

re c

on

siste

nc

y w

ithin

leg

isla

tion

, re

gu

latio

ns,

ru

les,

po

licie

s a

nd

pro

ce

du

res;

a

nd

en

sure

d

ec

isio

ns

ma

de

a

re u

pd

ate

d a

nd

c

om

mu

nic

ate

d

Ove

rsig

ht

Ma

trix

(In

dic

ato

r)In

dic

ato

r

%

No

ne

90%

100%

100%

100%

Yes



Link

ing

pe

rform

anc

e w

ith b

udg

ets

PRO

GRA

MM

E 4:

LEG

ISLA

TIV

E A

ND

REG

ULA

TORY

CO

NSI

STEN

CY

AC

ROSS

TH

E H

PCSA

AN

D IT

S PR

OFE

SSIO

NA

L BO

ARD

S

De

scrip

tion

Ye

arly

Bu

dg

et

Roll-

ove

rV

irem

ent

s20

15/1

6 Su

rplu

sA

dju

ste

d

Bud

ge

tY

ea

r-to

-d

ate

ac

tua

lsV

aria

nce

s%

Va

rianc

e

Pro

fess

ion

al C

on

du

ct

Enq

uiri

es

10 4

68 2

73

-100

000

10

368

273

10

076

776

29

1 49

6 3%

Pre

lim C

om

mitt

ee

s4

325

261

4 32

5 26

1 2

660

319

1 66

4 94

2 38

%

Ap

pe

al C

om

mitt

ee

s1

915

266

-33

000

1 88

2 26

6 59

495

1

822

771

97%

Pro

fess

ion

al C

on

du

ct

Insp

ec

tion

s25

7 00

0 25

7 00

0 91

017

16

5 98

4 65

%

Litig

atio

n (

Exte

rna

l Le

ga

l Firm

s)14

413

301

14

413

301

6

924

703

7 48

8 59

8 52

%

Rea

son

for v

aria

nce

s:

Imp

rove

me

nt

in L

eg

al p

roc

ess

es

rea

lise

d s

ign

ific

an

t sa

vin

gs

for 2

017/

18 fi

na

nc

ial y

ea

r.



8. FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

The Financial Services Department ensures that the HPCSA maintains satisfactory accounting records, prepares for the audit of Annual Financial Statements, provides any other related information on an annual basis, as well as maintains a proper system of internal controls, which provides reasonable assurance regarding the achievements of Council’s strategic objectives.

8.1 Revenue

The operations of Council are funded by revenue from healthcare practitioners. Revenue is primarily comprised of annual fees, registration fees and penalty fees.

During the year under review, the revenue increased by 10% from R212,7 million to R234,6 million and the investment revenue declined by 5% from R22,5 million to R21,5 million compared to the previous financial year.

The revenue from annual fees increased by 8% from R177,5 million to R192,3 million mainly due to the increase in membership fees. Registration fees revenue also increased from R18,8 million to R22,2 million. Fees from penalties imposed on practitioners decreased from R2,9 million to R2,0 million.

8.2 Expenses

Operating expenses increased to R279,2 million from R296,8 million representing an increase of 6%. The main reasons for the increase are as follows:

• Council, Professional Boards and committee meetings expenditure increased by 3% from R45,5 million to R46,9 million due to an increase in the number of meetings, venue costs and professional member fees.

• Employment costs increased by 6% from R153,7 to R162,7 due to annual salary increment and the filling of vacant positions.

• Information Technology costs increased from R7,3 million to R8,8 million, an increase that is attributable to an increase in ERS Oracle and new Telephony support costs.

• Council embarked on a Business Process Re-engineering project, which increased Strategic Project cost by 132% from R4,7

million to R10,9 million.

• Costs incurred and recovered for Road Accident Fund (RAF) cases increased by 81% from R12,1 million to R21,9 million due to an increase in RAF activities.

• Reversal of revenue due to the suspension of membership as a result of non-payment by healthcare practitioners increased from R8,2 million to R11,2 million.

Certain operating expenditure line items decreased during the including:

• Improvement in legal processes reduced legal consulting and professional fees by 50% from R13,9 million to R6,9 million.

• Implementation of the new online meeting portal reduced costs of printing and stationary from R8,5 million to R6 million, releasing a saving for Council of R2,5 million. This online meeting portal will pay for itself within three financial years.

8.3 Deficit Generated

The net deficit generated by Council was R17,2 million for the year under review compared to a deficit of R23,7 million in the previous financial year. The net deficit increase was mainly due to:

• less annual fees revenue received below budget, including R4 million for the Emergency Care Board and R4 million for the Medical and Dental Board;

• less registration fees revenue received below budget of R1 million from the Medical and Dental Board;

• an additional R1 million spent on rental of new office space in the Nedbank building;

• an additional R1,5 million spent on Back scanning of Registration documentation.

• an additional R7,2 million spent on Business Process Re-Engineering project.

• An additional R2,7 million spent on the Association of Medical Councils of Africa (AMCOA) conference.

8.4 Procurement Activities

The annual procurement spent totaled R87,8 million of which R55,9 million was Level 1 to Level 3 BBBEE spent, which constitutes 64 percent of overall procurement spend

Professional Boards

Part C

72Professional Boards


PROFESSIONAL BOARDS OVERVIEW

The Health Professions Act 56 of 1974, Section 15 makes provision for the establishment of Professional Boards.

The Minister shall, on the recommendation of the council, establish a professional board with regard to any health profession in respect of which a register is kept in terms of this Act, or with regard to two or more such health professions.

General powers of Professional Boards

(1) A Professional Board may:

(a) in such circumstances as may be prescribed, or where otherwise authorised by this Act, remove any name from a register or, upon payment of the prescribed fee, restore thereto, or suspend a registered person from practising his or her profession pending the institution of a formal inquiry in terms of section 41;

(b) appoint examiners and moderators, conduct examinations and grant certificates, and charge such fees in respect of such examinations or certificates as may be prescribed;

(c) subject to prescribed conditions, approve training schools;

(d) consider any matter affecting any profession falling within the ambit of the professional board and make representations or take

such action in connection therewith as the professional board deems advisable;

(e) upon application by any person, recognise any qualification held by him or her (whether such qualification has been obtained in the Republic or elsewhere) as being equal, either wholly or in part, to any prescribed qualification, whereupon such person shall, to the extent to which the qualification has so been recognised, be deemed to hold such prescribed qualification;

(f) after consultation with another Professional Board or Boards, establish a joint standing committee or committees of the boards concerned; and

(g) perform such other functions as may be prescribed, and generally, do all such things as the Professional Board deems necessary or expedient to achieve the objects of this Act in relation to a profession falling within the ambit of the professional board.

(2) Any decision of a Professional Board relating to a matter falling entirely within its ambit shall not be subject to ratification by the council, and the council shall, for this purpose, determine whether a matter falls entirely within the ambit of a Professional Board.

Following are reports from the various Professional Boards

PART C: Professional Boards

The Professional Boards of the HPCSA include:

12 Professional Boards

De

nta

l Th

era

py

an

d O

ral

Hyg

ien

e

Die

tetic

s a

nd

N

utr

itio

n

Eme

rge

nc

y C

are

Envi

ron

me

nta

l H

ea

lth

Pra

ctit

ion

ers

Me

dic

al a

nd

D

en

tal

Me

dic

al

Tec

hn

olo

gy

Oc

cu

pa

tion

al

The

rap

y, M

ed

ica

l O

rth

otic

s, P

rost

he

tics

an

d A

rts

The

rap

y

Op

tom

etr

y a

nd

Disp

en

sing

O

ptic

ian

s

Phys

ioth

era

py,

Po

dia

try

an

d

Bio

kin

etic

s

Psyc

ho

log

y

Ra

dio

gra

ph

y a

nd

Clin

ica

l Te

ch

no

log

y

Spe

ec

h, L

an

gu

ag

e

an

d H

ea

ring

Pr

ofe

ssio

ns



Professional Board for Dental Assisting, Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene

1. OVERVIEW

In the period under review, the Professional Board Dental Assisting, Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene achieved a number of successes, but also encountered a few challenges some of which remain unresolved. These challenges were structural, required legislative changes and/or Ministerial approval, and as such took more time to be resolved.

Notwithstanding the aforementioned challenges, the Board’s work and performance has improved significantly. The Board engaged with the strategic objectives that were set at the beginning of its term of office and has achieved most of them. These the Board executed under tight financial austerity measures to ensure that annual fees levied on practitioners remained as affordable as possible. To this end, the Board had curbed the annual fee increase to four percent for the 2018/2019 financial year. The matter of annual fees is still of paramount importance as the Board continues to vigilantly monitor and control costs, in an attempt to further reduce annual fee increases. This, however, remains a challenge as a large portion of the Board’s cost are linked to staff and salary costs, and these are fixed costs.

2. VISION AND MISSION

The Board for Dental Assisting, Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene has adopted the following vision and mission, which is closely aligned to that of the HPCSA, yet reflective of the unique nature of the professions of Dental Assisting, Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene.

The Vision of the Board is:

“Ensuring quality oral health care regulation through public protection and professional advancement”.

The Mission of the Board is:

“To promote Oral Health care to all through:

• Ensuring compliance for professional registrations;

• Developing appropriate standards for training, education, professional practice and CPD; and

• Fostering effective stakeholder engagement and participation.”

The Board Dental Assisting, Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene works tirelessly, and within the parameters of good governance, to ensure that it subscribes fully to achieving its vision and mission.

3. STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES

The four broad areas of the HPCSA strategic objectives are:

I. Efficient and effective functioning of the Board.

II. Effective stakeholder engagement.

III. Quality standards in education, training and practice.

IV. Ensuring compliance with rules and regulation.

The Board has exceedingly achieved most of the strategic objectives. As the Strategic Plan was for a five–year period, much work is still in progress, with detailed plans in place to achieve these strategic objectives.



4. EDUCATION AND TRAINING

The responsibility of the Board is to give assurance to the South African public that healthcare practitioners are appropriately trained, qualified, competent and practicing within their scopes of practice in accordance with their training and abilities. This requirement created conflict with some Oral Hygienists, who do not want to accept that they need to undergo training at an accredited Higher Education Institution in order to perform the many duties that came into the domain of the profession. This followed the two expansions in the scopes of practice of the Oral Hygiene profession that were effected in the years 2000 and 2013. The HPCSA Ethical Guidelines make provision for ethical rules that have to be adhered to when performing professional acts. In terms of Rule 21 of the “Ethical Rules of Conduct for Practitioners Registered Under the Health Professions Act, 1974”, and contained in Government Notice No. R 717 of 4 August 2006, “a practitioner shall perform, in an emergency, only a professional act for which he or she is adequately educated, trained and sufficiently experienced”. Resulting from this, the Board for Dental Assisting, Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene engaged with the various universities to offer courses to Oral Hygienists to commence in the early 2000s.

The application of Rule 21 has led to challenges within the Board regarding conflict of interest and how it should be managed. The Board for Dental Assisting, Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene was mindful that that any profession involved in self-regulation has inherent conflicts because members have personal, professional and institutional interests in the matters that the Board and the HPCSA in general regulate. The challenge is ongoing, however, it is appropriately managed through policies and declarations of conflicts of interests – whether real or perceived.

The matter regarding the Administration of Tooth Whitening by persons other than dental practitioners qualified to do so was extensively addressed by the HPCSA’s Legal Services Department and the legal opinion received was being reviewed. The Education Committee will be engaging in extensive stakeholder consultation to increase awareness of the legal processes that were followed.

The Board conducted an accreditation visit to one institution during this financial year under review. The Dental Assisting Programme at the Cape Peninsula University of Technology (CPUT) has been accredited by the Board for the next five years. All Board members received training in the various aspects of undertaking an accreditation visit. Additionally, the various documents and processes involved in conducting these visits were reviewed by the Board to ensure currency and relevance to meet the needs of the country.

In the current period, the Education Committee continued with the engagement with the Medicines Control Council (MCC) in an attempt to resolve the systemic process hurdles related to the approval of the purchase of local anaesthetic and other approved mendicants by Oral Hygienists.

5. STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

The Professional Board for Dental Assisting, Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene had extensive engagements with stakeholders through a plethora of stakeholder interactions and platforms. The aim of these interactions was to ensure representivity of stakeholders, engagement with stakeholders and professional upliftment.

The Board received numerous requests to intervene in salary negotiations, uniform allowance challenges, medical aid reimbursements etc. All these functions are not part of the legislative mandate of the Board, and are indicative of the need for stakeholder interaction, so that practitioners can be informed of the roles, responsibilities and mandate of the HPCSA. Sadly, during the reporting period, a stakeholder intervention planned for the Western Cape had to be cancelled due to a poor response from



professionals. A second stakeholder intervention, held in Durban, KwaZulu-Natal, was poorly attended, despite a number of professionals confirming their attendance. The Board implores professionals to attend and engage with the HPCSA at these, and other fora, in order to participate in, and contribute to, the regulation of their professions.

The following stakeholder interactions took place in the 2017/2018 financial year:

i. Meeting with the Board’s Continuous Professional Development Accreditors to reach consensus on matters related to certain aspects of the CPD provision;

ii. Meetings with the South African Dental Therapists Association (SADTA);

iii. Meetings with the Oral Hygienists’ Association of South African (OHASA);

iv. Meeting with the Dental Technicians Association of South Africa (DENTASA);

v. Meetings with the Department of Higher Education and Training (DHET);

vi. Representatives of the Board attended two meetings of the Oral Health Stakeholders Consultative Committee (OHSCC);

vii. Representatives of the Board attended Business Practices Committee Workshop of the HPCSA; and

viii. One presentation at OHASA in the Western Cape and one presentation to SADTA in KwaZulu-Natal.

The initiatives above demonstrate that the Board was more pro-active in engaging with stakeholders. These interactions were enhanced by the various media releases, newsletters and articles in the HPCSA e-bulletins that the Board produced in the reporting period.

6. PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND CONDUCT

The Committee of Preliminary Inquiry of the Board was active in its activities and made inroads in reducing the number of outstanding cases.

However, the good work of the Committee is hampered by practitioners’ non-responses, or those who are employing delaying tactics when preliminary cases are being investigated against them.

More than twelve (12) new cases were assessed during the year and this was a matter of concern to the Board. In April 2017, five (5) new complaints were assessed, and in October 2017, a further seven new complaints were brought to the attention of the Preliminary Committee. Of these complaints, three (3) were related to allegations related to performance of clinical procedures, while the two (2) were related to allegations of excessive/irregular claims submitted. The Board cautions that the healthcare industry is operating in an environment of an increasingly litigious society and urges practitioners to practice ethically and responsibly. It is the vision of the Board that not a single case should be brought to the Committee of Preliminary Inquiry, and that practitioners should render services of the highest standards to the public. The Board therefore urges practitioners to practice ethically, display excellent patient communication skills, and practice within the approved scope of practice of the relevant profession.

7. SCOPE OF PROFESSIONS

The Board is cognisant of the need of the professions registered under its ambit (Dental Therapy, Oral Hygiene and Dental Assisting). To this end, the Board, as part of its defined strategic objectives, agreed in the period under review, to review the scopes of practice of the three professions. Currently, the scopes of the professions of Dental Assisting, Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene are undergoing review. The Board consulted extensively with the various stakeholders, such as



educational institutions, professional associations, employers, the Department of Health and Dental Assistants. The Board consolidated all stakeholder inputs and handed over to the Education Committee to extensively review and finalise the scopes of practice. These draft scopes will then be subjected to further review by the stakeholders and then submitted to the Minister of Health for promulgation.

8. COMPLIANCE FOR REGISTRATION

During the financial year, the Board reviewed the registration forms, simplified and standardised these documents to ensure that registration becomes a simple and non-tedious process. The Board expressed concern that some practitioners are either not registered or their registration has lapsed. To this end, the Board engaged with the various professional associations with a view to ensuring that those practitioners who failed to pay their annual fee are afforded an opportunity to do so. Additionally, the Board revised the guidelines and registration forms for all new entrants and foreign qualified graduates.

In the reporting period, the Board revised the guidelines related to the restoration of practitioners who were suspended from the registers, to facilitate their return to the workforce.

Most importantly, the Board encouraged practitioners to utilise the recently introduced Online Registration Portal. The Board was made aware of some practitioners who were practicing without being registered and subsequently lodged complaints with the HPCSA Inspectorate Office to investigate and impose appropriate action.

In this period, the Board encouraged Dental Therapists and Oral Hygienists, who comply with the prescribed criteria, to apply to the Board and convert their registration status from that of “supervised practice” to that of “independent practice”. Similarly, the Board further encouraged practitioners to maintain currency in their registration by ensuring that they pay their annual fee, remain compliant with the Continuous Professional Development (CPD) requirements, and engaged in continuous and quality assured life-long learning. This contributed to improved practice standards and patient outcomes.

A review of the registrations statistics of 2016/2017 and 2017/2018 reveals an overall increase of 1650 dental assistants. This was as a result of the registration of unqualified yet experienced dental assistants, which ended on 28 February 2018.

NUMBER OF REGISTERED PERSONS AS AT MARCH 2017

AS AT MARCH 2018

CHANGE

Dental Assistants 3088 4738 +1650

Student Dental Assistants 1991 2487 +486

Oral Hygienists 1223 1214 -9

Student Oral Hygienists 383 400 +17

Dental Therapists 699 732 +33

Student Dental Therapists 246 265 +19

TOTAL 7630 9476 +1846

9. BOARD EXAMINATION

The Board conducted examinations for Dental Assistants, with three examinations held in 2017, and one in 2018. These exams were offered in a number of provinces, and a high pass rate was achieved.

In keeping with the revised rules relating to the registration of Dental Assistants, wherein unqualified but experienced Dental Assistants had until 20 February 2018 to register, and two years

from date of registration to complete a Board examination, the Board committed to offering four (4) Board examinations per year, in all nine provinces, in order to make these examinations easily accessible and available to all. The fee for the examination (R700) was not increased, and the results of the examination revealed that candidates were generally well prepared. The success of these candidates was propelled by the availability of recently revised examination preparation guidelines.



10. GOVERNANCE

The Board is acutely aware of the importance of exercising good corporate governance, as entrenched in the King III and King IV Codes. To this end, the Board continued to maintain high ethical and governance standards and ensured that any potential, perceived or actual conflict was appropriately managed.

The Board aligned itself to the governance principles of the HPCSA and strived to ensure that the principles and values of transparency, accountability, honesty, respect, empathy and transformation are adhered to. The Board also strived to ensure that its decisions are aligned to the demands of the various ethical obligations, rules and regulations, and statutory laws of South Africa.

The Board is delighted to announce that the HPCSA has approved the change in the name of the Board from the Professional Board for Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene to the Professional Board for Dental Therapy, Oral Hygiene and Dental Assisting. This amendment was made to ensure that all three professions registered with the Board are recognised in its name. Although this change occurred a number of years after dental assistants were initially registered with the HPCSA, this change could not be effected, due to the uncertainty surrounding the inclusion of dental assistants within the ambit of the Board. This matter was only resolved and implemented after a court decision.

Whilst on the subject of names, the PBDOH noted with concern that a number of practitioners continued to disregard the regulations pertaining to the use of names and professional titles, and the naming of practices. Whilst the Board recognises the nuances of certain languages that do not have terminology (names) for the professions of the oral hygienist and dental therapist, the continued use of the title “Doctor” remained a concern. Dental therapists and oral hygienists who have not had a doctorate conferred upon them cannot ethically and legally call or allow themselves to be called “doctor”. Neither can they call themselves “dental practitioner” or name their practices as “dental practice”, “dental surgery”, “dental rooms” etc., or use any other title or name. This is to avoid knowingly, or unknowing, misrepresenting oneself

to patients and the public. The Board encourages practitioners to gently correct patients who call them “doctor”, but to utilise the opportunity to market both themselves and their professions to the public. The Board encourages practitioners to align themselves with the regulations pertaining to the use of names and titles, so as to avoid disciplinary action. In one instance, the Board instituted disciplinary action against a number of practitioners for being in violation of these regulations, with one practitioner receiving a fine of a substantial amount and with a number of pending cases. Professionals are reminded that the correct terminology is “dental therapist”; “dental therapy practice”; “oral hygienist”; and “oral hygiene practice”.

11. HIGHLIGHTS

Dental Assisting, Dental Therapy and Oral Hygiene are dynamic professions that had grown so much with a number of practitioners obtaining, or are in the process of obtaining, post-graduate qualifications, thus contributing to the scholarship of knowledge relating to the professions. The Board congratulated an Oral Hygienist, Shenuka Singh, on gaining professorship. Associate Professor Singh, of the University of KwaZulu-Natal, made immense contribution to the professions, and the



Board is proud of her joining the professoriate. The Board encourages practitioners to improve their education levels.

Other major achievements for the Board included the following:

i. Facilitation of the process to allow unqualified yet experienced Dental Assistants an opportunity to obtain limited registration with the HPCSA. This allowed Dental Assistants to be able to practice their profession, subject to passing the Board examination.

ii. The promulgation of the Oral Hygiene Scope of Practice.

iii. Providing input to the Department of Health regarding the National Oral Health Policy and Strategy.

iv. Increased/ heightened stakeholder engagements and interaction.

v. Exercised due diligence and implemented financial austerity measures in order to curb fee increases.

In conclusion, the Board expressed appreciation to the Board members, the administration staff and the various stakeholders, especially the Dental Therapists, Oral Hygienists and Dental Assistants in assisting the Board to discharge its mandate in the 2017/18 financial period.

PROFESSIONAL BOARD FOR DIETETICS AND NUTRITION

1. OVERVIEW

The Professional Board for Dietetics and Nutrition is an important corporate governance mechanism charged with the responsibility to ensure that the mandate of the Board, as per the Health Professions Act, 56 of 1974, is discharged in the best interest of the stakeholders. The Professional Board is committed to promoting the health of the population, determining standards of professional education and training, and setting and maintaining excellent standards of ethical and professional practice.


The vision of the Professional Board for Dietetics and Nutrition is to ensure quality and equitable nutritional health for all through public protection, guiding the profession and advocacy.

The mission of the Board is:

• To protect and serve the public by ensuring excellence and integrity in dietetics and nutrition delivery and sensitivity and responsiveness to the needs of the public.



• To guide and regulate the profession by defining and delineating the scope of practice, ensuring relevant and quality education and training standards and enhancing the quality and professionalism of practice.

• To ensure effective communication with all stakeholders and to advocate for the role of nutrition in the health and wellness of all South Africans and in all sectors of public decision making and policy development.


The Professional Board reviewed and monitored the Board’s Strategy, Annual Performance Plans, Risk Management and the Budget for the period under review.

The Board’s Strategic Objectives comprise the following:

• Protecting the public

• Regulating and guiding the profession

• Advisory, advocacy and stakeholder engagement

• Effective and efficient functioning of the Board

In the period under review, the Board embarked on the following activities:

Professional Board Activities Number of activities

Board Meetings 2

Board Strategic Workshop 1

Board Stakeholder Workshops 1

Board Training Workshops 1

Education, Training and Registration committee

3

Executive Committee (Budget) 1

Ad-Hoc meetings 0

Task Teams 1

Total 10


The Board continued to provide guidance in education and training related support, as well as monitoring of accredited Higher Education Institutions offering Dietetics and Nutrition programmes.

The following forms were reviewed in the period under review:

• Form 271 - Procedure for evaluation and accreditation of Dietetics Training Programmes (guideline) at the Board meeting of October 2017;

• Form 46C – The criteria for accreditation of training sites for experiential learning in Dietetics and Nutrition forms at the Board meeting of October 2017;

i. Therapeutic Nutrition;

ii. Community Nutrition; and

iii. Food Service Management.


A review of the Professional Board Examination Guidelines for registration and restoration of the Professional Board for Dietetics and Nutrition was undertaken at the Board meeting held in October 2017;



The Board examinations (University Entry Examinations) were conducted by the universities during October/November of each year in accordance with the University rules and regulations.

The Board approved one (1) Board Examination for Nutrition in the reporting period:

6. EVALUATION VISITS OF HIGHER EDUCATION INSTITUTIONS

The Professional Board for Dietetics and Nutrition conducted the following regular reviews as per its Schedule of Cycle of Evaluation of Dietetics and Nutrition at Higher Education Institutions as follows:

University of KwaZulu-Natal 07 – 10 June 2017

University of Limpopo 05 – 08 September 2017

7. TRAINING OF EVALUATORS

The focus of the workshop was aimed at preparing and training evaluators on the overview of conducting an evaluation for an accreditation/re-accreditation at Higher Education Institutions as well as compiling a report writing after conducting the evaluation visit.

Training of evaluators workshop

Workshop held on

27 July 2017

Workshop Attendees (comprised of Board members and higher educational institution professionals)

9 Higher educational institutions representatives attended

7 Board members attended

8. STAKEHOLDER RELATED MATTERS

The Professional Board Strategic Goal 3 relates to improving stakeholder engagement through advisory and advocacy on matters affecting the profession. To this end, the Board undertook the following:

Annual Stakeholder meeting

The Board held its Annual Stakeholder Meeting on 21 February 2018. The meeting was attended by the Heads of Dietetics/Nutrition Departments at Universities, the National Department of Health’s Nutrition Directorate, Nutrition Managers of Provincial Departments of Health, the South Africa Defence Force representatives, Professional Associations, namely the Association for Dietetics in South Africa and Dietetics is a Profession both representing Dietitians, as well as the Nutrition Society of South Africa representing Nutritionists.

Board Specific Newsletter

The Professional Board ensured regular communication with all stakeholders through various media platforms, mainly using the Board Specific Newsletter. The Newsletters for the period in review were published in October 2017. The Board afforded the practitioners an opportunity to acquire two ethics CEU’s by completing an Ethics related questionnaire included in the newsletter.



9. HIGHLIGHTS

The following are the highlights recorded by the Board:

• Submission to the Minister of Health of the Regulations relating to the names that may not be used in the profession of dietetics and nutrition on 08 March 2018 for promulgation;

• Discussions relating to developing the regulation defining the scope of practice for the Professional Board on 12 October 2017;

• Discussions and composition of the Task Team relating to the Enteral and Parenteral Prescription Guidelines on 12 October 2017;

• Approval of the Revised Strategic Plan for 2016-2020 in January 2018; and

• Approval of the Revised Stakeholder Engagement Plan for the Board in January 2018.

PROFESSIONAL BOARD FOR EMERGENCY CARE

1. OVERVIEW

The Professional Board for Emergency Care made strides in operationalising its objectives as outlined in its Strategic Plan Document.

The Board commended its members for their dedication and commitment in ensuring that the Board meets its strategic objectives. The Board noted and appreciated all internal and external stakeholders for their most valued support. The 2017/18 period was a year of transition and change for the HPCSA and Council at large and the Boards and the Emergency Care Profession in particular. Often, these times were trying, but through collegiality and consultation, the Board achieved substantial progress. Although some of the objectives could not be met due to structural challenges, the Board will, in the next financial year, through continuous engagement, endeavour to achieve those goals.

The major highlight in the period under review, was the finalisation of the Revised Clinical Practice Guidelines, Protocols and Scopes of Practice for the various cadres of emergency care providers. The Board interrogated the Revised Clinical Practice Guidelines Document and derived as well as published the new list of capabilities for each category within the ambit of the Professional Board. During this process,



it became evident that the multiple scopes of practice amongst the various qualifications posed a risk to the successful implementation of clinical governance processes. To mitigate this risk, and to ensure normalised, consistent and measurable standards of emergency care, the Board decided to condense the number of scopes of practice. This approach led to the new Diploma in Emergency Medical Care (NQF 6) offering graduates an opportunity to be placed on the same register as existing paramedics.

The Board is cognisant of the fact that this may cause undue concerns in the early stages of the process; however, once the scopes of practices are consolidated and finalised, this will satisfy the Professional Board’s desire to streamline emergency care scopes of practice and deliver a predictable, safe standard of emergency care to all sectors of the community. The Professional Board, in its execution of its functions and responsibilities, is always cognisant of the mandate of the HPCSA; which is to “protect the public and guiding professions”.


Vision

The vision for the Professional Board for Emergency Care is quality, professional and patient orientated emergency care for all.

Mission

The mission of the Professional Board for Emergency Care is to protect the public and advance emergency care through:

• Guidance and regulation of the emergency care profession

• Advocacy

• Accountability


Following are some of the objectives that were outlined in the Strategic Planning Document for the Board:

• the determination of minimum standards for education and training;

• the review and finalisation of the clinical practice guidelines;

• quality assurance of education and training;

• compliance with rules and regulations; and

• stakeholder engagement, etc.

In the period under review, the Professional Board revised its Strategic and Operational Plan and pursued the key areas identified for promotion of its strategic planning objectives namely:

• the standards and quality assurance of education and training,

• standards for professional practice,

• registration compliance and

• stakeholder participation, etc.

In the period under review, there were several engagements with various stakeholders to clarify and discuss issues of mutual concern. The Board reviewed its Annual Performance Plan as well as the Risk Register and major progress was made in meeting the strategic objectives outlined in those documents. Morever, minimum standards for certain educational programmes were developed and revised. The clinical practice guidelines were revised and was in the finalisation step at the end of the reporting period.

In pursuing its mandate to ensure registration of appropriately trained and competent students, the Board moderated 17 assessments conducted by the education and training institutions. The Board also undertook several evaluations for new accreditation and re-accreditation of education and training providers in the three-year and five-year cycle period. This was to ensure compliance with the Board’s strategic objective of quality education and training and the registration of competent and appropriately trained Emergency Care Providers. The Board further reviewed and updated many of its policies, guidelines and rulings to ensure the standardisation of processes and procedures and the streamlining of the work of the Board.




The Minister of Health promulgated Regulations relating to the Qualifications for the Registration of Basic Ambulance Assistants, Ambulance Emergency Assistants, Operational Emergency Care Orderlies and Paramedics, which led to the cessation of the provision of training for those courses. The provision of training for the Ambulance Emergency Assistant (AEA) will cease on 1 February 2020.

The Board conducted evaluations for the re-accreditation of education and training providers within the three-year and five-year accreditation cycle period. In total, the Board conducted 17 evaluations i.e. 11 evaluations for re-accreditation, three evaluations for the accreditation of new education and training providers and one impromptu inspection. The Board also conducted evaluations for re-accreditation at the Higher Education institution for the five-year cycle. Two higher education institutions were accredited to offer the Diploma in Emergency Medical Care which brought the total institutions offering this programme to four.

The Board aligned the education and training of Emergency Care Providers with relevant legislation and national imperatives. The Board also developed the minimum standards for the Diploma in Emergency Medical Care and the Higher Certificate in Emergency Care. The minimum standards for the Diploma and Higher Certificate in Emergency Medical Care were

reviewed and finalised in the period under review. The minimum standards for the B Tech EMC were also finalised and approved in June 2017. The Board was currently in the process of developing the minimum standards for the Bachelor’s degree and the minimum standards for the Advanced Certificate in Medical Rescue. The draft documents were sent out for stakeholder comments and /or inputs.


The Board consulted and engaged with the following stakeholders:

• Representative of the Council on Higher Education (CHE) were invited by the Board to discuss and get clarity on matters of mutual concern regarding the overlapping of legislative mandates.

• Representatives of the Medicines Control Council (MCC) were invited to discuss processes and procedures on updating of medications in the schedule.

• The Board had two workshops with the Continuing Professional Development (CPD) Accreditors to develop minimum requirements for the CPD to ensure alignment of CPD activities with the Clinical Practice Guidelines.

• Representatives of the Board attended the Inter-Board Forum meeting, Council on Higher Education Workshop, the National Emergency Care Education and Training (NECET) Committee meeting as well as the National Committee of Emergency Medical Care Services meeting.

• The Board also met with some Higher Education Institutions to provide clarity on the role and mandate of the HPCSA/Board with regard to quality assurance of programmes that qualify the students for registration with the HPCSA.

• A stakeholder meeting for registered Emergency Care Providers was held in Kimberly in the Northern Cape.

• Meeting with the South African Emergency Personnel Union (SAEPU).




The registration statistics as at March 2018 were as follows:

BRD_CODE REG_CODE REG_NAME Total

EMB ANA AMBULANCE EMERGENCY ASSISTANT 10 063

ANT PARAMEDIC 1 527

ANTS STUDENT PARAMEDIC 554

BAA BASIC AMBULANCE ASSISTANT 50 604

ECP EMERGENCY CARE PRACTITIONER 623

ECPS STUDENT EMERGENCY CARE PRACTITIONER 810

ECPV ECP VISITING STUDENT 17

ECT EMERGENCY CARE TECHNICIAN 1 124

ECTS STUDENT EMERGENCY CARE TECHNICIAN 717

OECO OPERATIONAL EMERGENCY CARE ORDERLY 486

EMB Total 66 525

6. PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE /CONDUCT

The Board continued to investigate complaints received and was concerned about complaints received regarding the unprofessional and unethical behaviour of Emergency Care Providers on-scene attacking and assaulting colleagues. A further concern was on the use of social media by Emergency Care Providers, bringing the profession and the professional reputation of colleagues into disrepute. The Board continued to strongly condemn these practices and urged emergency care providers to adhere to the ethical rules and all other relevant legislation related to professional conduct.

The Board further encouraged emergency care providers to display professionalism, maintain confidentiality and respect peers and other stakeholders at all times. The provision of emergency care is always a team effort, and all providers ought to have the patients’ best interest foremost. The Board also noted with concern the ever-increasing attacks on the emergency care personnel, and urged law enforcement agencies and employers to assist in safeguarding emergency care personnel.

The Committee of Preliminary Inquiry conducted two meetings and considered all complaints received during the 2017/18 financial year of which 12 were finalised. 19 cases were considered and finalised by the Professional Conduct Inquiries. Seven practitioners were found guilty of practising outside their scope of practice, two for bringing the profession into disrepute, four for negligence, one for misrepresentation, one for practising without being registered, three for contempt of Council and one for treatment.



The review of Clinical Practice Guidelines resulted in the placement of the Diploma in Emergency Medical Care (NQF 6) graduates on the same register as existing paramedics. This means that persons who hold the Diploma in Emergency Medical Care qualification will register as a Paramedic with the HPCSA.

Emergency Care Providers were continuously encouraged to ensure that their annual fees were up to date to avoid the payment of penalty fees for the restoration of their names and compliance with any other requirements as may be determined by the Professional Board for the restoration of names to the relevant registers. Practitioners not practising their profession may apply for voluntary erasure of their names from the register by 31 March every year. This will relieve these practitioners from payment of annual fees and will only pay annual fees for the year that they wish to restore their name back to the register subject to restoration conditions.

The Professional Board noted that there was still a general low level of compliance to CPD requirements by Emergency Care Providers. Practitioners are continuously encouraged to ensure compliancy with the CPD requirements and to undertake CPD activities that related to the profession and the relevant scopes of practice.

8. GOVERNANCE

The Professional Board reviewed its policies and guidelines in line with the promulgated of the Regulations relating to the Registration of Basic Ambulance Assistants, Ambulance Emergency Assistants, Paramedics and Operational Emergency Care Orderlies which provided for the phasing out of these registration categories. The Professional Board also developed a new policy document that was aligned to the moderation of assessments of the Higher Education Institution programmes. Some regulations were currently reviewed.

The Professional Board reviewed its Risk Register, Strategic Planning Documents as well as the Operational Plan in the beginning of the financial year under review, which resulted in the review and updating of its policies and guidelines. In line with its accreditation policies, the Board conducted evaluations for re-accreditation of

education and training providers in terms of the three-year and five-year cycle period to ensure compliance with the Board’s accreditation criteria.

Workshops were held with the Continuous Professional Development (CPD) accreditors to develop minimum standards for CPD and Refresher Courses were held to ensure alignment with the Revised Clinical Practice Guidelines.

The Professional Board closely monitored its budget and ensured that it operated within the approved budget. The Board is committed to cost reduction measures within the Board and Council, by for example the reduction on the amount of paper used in preparation for meetings to online meetings.

9. HIGHLIGHTS

Following are the major milestones achieved by the Professional Board:

• The Board published the revised list of capabilities for all categories falling with the ambit of the Board.

• The Professional Board updated the Board’s rulings and published them on the website.



Professional Board for Environmental Health Practitioners

1. OVERVIEW

The Professional Board for Environmental Health Practitioners successfully held fifteen (15) scheduled, unscheduled meetings and workshops in the period under review. Key to the Board was maintaining visibility and interactions with relevant stakeholders.

In line with Regulation 2 of the Regulations relating to the functions and functioning of Professional Boards, all Committees of the Board were reviewed in terms of composition and their Terms of Reference.

Progress made on the Board’s Strategic Plan for the term was continuously monitored and reported by Secretariat at sittings of the full Board meeting. These reports based on the Annual Performance Plan and the Risk Register, were welcomed and accepted by the Board. This was because satisfactory performance against set objectives for the period was achieved.


The Vision for the Professional Board for

Environmental Health Practitioners is to be:

“A regulatory body that promotes comprehensive, quality and equitable

environmental health for all”.

The Mission of the Board for Environmental Health Practitioners is to protect the interests of the public and guides the profession through:

• Developing and implementing strategies, policy frameworks and standards for Environmental Health professions;

• Monitoring the quality of training against set standards;

• Promoting ethical practice by ensuring on going professional competence and conduct;

• Aligning to international standards in education and training while adhering to best practice within the South African context; and

• Ensuring effective communication with all stakeholders.


The Board for for Environmental Health Practitioners adopted the following as its Strategic Objectives:

(i) Promote ongoing and effective stakeholder engagement

(ii) Monitor compliance within the Environmental Health Professions

(iii) Strengthen education and guide the profession

(iv) Ensure effective and efficient functioning of the Board


In the reporting period, the Board successfully conducted the evaluation for accreditation of the National Diploma in Environmental Health programme at three institutions as well as for the professional degree programmes at four institutions. All seven institutions were thus accredited to offer the professional degree with the first cohort expected to complete in 2019 from two institutions.

Subsequent to the findings of the evaluation visits conducted at a number of institutions offering Environmental Health programmes, the Board,



through its Education Committee, continued with the annual monitoring of the Work Integrated Learning (WIL) by perusing the Portfolios of Evidence (PoEs) and Logbooks for all third-year students submitted by the seven institutions, to determine if these institutions were complying with the minimum standards set by the Board. Once again, generic feedback was given to all institutions as the same shortcomings which were previously identified were still persistent. The Board will continue to monitor the situation as it is critical that all students meet all minimum requirements before graduating and registering with the HPCSA.

A Task Team was established to consider the possibility of allocating Board Members continuing education units (CEUs) when attending some meetings and other Board specific activities. Guidelines were developed in this regard and the matter was awaiting approval by the Board at the close of the reporting period.

The accreditors considered and approved 23 applications for accreditation of CPD activities, a slight decrease from the previous financial year which had 35 CPD activities approved. The Education Committee of the Board received and considered annual reports from accredited service providers who were given feedback and encouraged to offer more activities especially in ethics as most practitioners need ethics CEUs.


The following Stakeholder Engagements initiatives were undertaken by the Board:

(i) 109 Environmental Health Practitioners (EHPs) attended a session on 24 October 2017

in Kempton Park, Gauteng. Presentations focused on Professional Ethics, Norms and Standards, HPCSA Registration, Continuous Professional Development and the Board’s Strategic Objectives. Practitioners who attended were awarded two general CEUs and two for ethics.

(ii) An annual meeting with Heads of Department of the seven institutions offering Environmental Health was held in April 2017 to engage on policy issues around education and training.

(iii) The Board held a Standards Generating Workshop on 24 June 2016 (previous reporting period, unless if the date is incorrect), to discuss the development of an Environmental Health Assistant qualification and criteria for the evaluation of the professional degree programmes.

(iv) The Board Newsletter was issued on time to all practitioners within the Professional Board for Environmental Health Practitioners.

(v) The Board and Board Secretariat participated World Environmental Health Day Celebrations organised by the National Department of Health in September 2017.

(vi) Two Metropolitan Municipalities (eThekwini and Buffalo City) engaged as part of the Board’s drive to increase its visibility and encourage cooperation in matters affecting environmental health services in general.


In the reporting period, the scope of the profession for Environmental Health Practitioners (EHPs) was reviewed to ensure alignment with the Professional Degree in Environmental Health and was awaiting approval by Council.

The Board for Environmental Health Practitioners is still awaiting the promulgation of the Scope of the Profession for Health Promotion Practitioners.


The Board exceedingly achieved in its endeavour to process restoration requiring Board Examination and registration of foreign qualified practitioners



within six months of having received their applications. To this end, 95% of all applications received were finalised in the reporting period.

The Board further approached the National Department of Health (NDoH) to address the challenges around community service placement faced by Environmental Health graduates.


The Board conducted 29 examinations (individual oral assessments) during the reporting period, of which 25 practitioners were successful and four unsuccessful.

• Restoration – 15

• Community Service – 8

• Environmental Health Assistant (EHA) – 5

• Foreign Qualified – 1

The guidelines for conducting of Board examinations were also reviewed in the period under review.

9. GOVERNANCE

The Board implemented all the decisions taken at its sittings. All scheduled meetings and workshop dates were honoured. The Board is accountable to practitioners through its stakeholders meetings convened once a year and in the newsletter issued annually.

The Board communicated its objectives and challenges to all stakeholders during its engagements as well as in their first newsletter. All the relevant Standard Operating Plans (SOPs) and regulations were reviewed frequently and published on the Board’s website for easy access and transparency.

The resolutions taken by the Board were in line with the relevant legislations. Responses given to the practitioners or other stakeholders were also in accordance with the approved legislation. All Board meetings were conducted in terms of the approved rules.

In the reporting period, the Board, through the Secretariat, ensured that all complaints or enquiries received were acknowledged and responded to within the set timelines.

There are two committees namely the Standard Generating Body (SGB) as well as the Advisory Committee which the Board engage with some of its relevant stakeholders before taking any decisions, such as matters affecting the institutions of higher learning and the profession at large.

Finally, the Board Chairperson represented the Board and participated in Council as well as in other Committees of Council to ensure effective participation of the Board within Council. For effective and efficient engagement with practitioners and other stakeholders, the Board also participated at some of the annual national events such as the World Environmental Health Day Commemoration as well as the Municipal Health Services Summit coordinated by South African Local Government Association (SALGA).

10. HIGHLIGHTS

(i) The Professional Board for Environmental Health Practitioners and its structures successfully held 10 meetings and workshops between April 2017 and March 2018.

(ii) The Strategic Plan for the term of office 2015-2020, the Annual Performance Plan for 2017/18 and the Risk Register 2017/18 were developed in line with Council’s Strategic Plan and these were approved by the Board.

(iii) The review of relevant rules and regulations within the Board.

(iv) The successful review of a number of Guidelines and Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) to ensure that the Board functions effectively and efficiently.



MEDICAL AND DENTAL PROFESSIONS BOARD

1. OVERVIEW

The Medical and Dental Professions Board registers practitioners falling under the professions medical, dental, medical science and clinical associates. The main role of the Board remained that of continuing to establish generic framework of core competencies and exit concerns for the training and education of medical, dental, medical science and clinical associate practitioners. In the period under review, the Board provided guidance and informed curriculum development processes, and ensured adherence by training institutions to the Board’s core competencies and training frameworks. Furthermore, the Board ensured effective communication with its key stakeholders and established up-to-date and relevant ethical rules of behavior and conduct, while facilitating professional matters of decision making.


The Vision for the Medical and Dental Professions Board is:

“To provide quality and equitable healthcare through public protection, professional regulation and advocacy”.

The Mission of the Medical and Dental Professions Board is:

• To ensure appropriate education and training standards

• To regulate and ensure compliance for professional registration

• To promote and regulate professional as well as ethical practice

• To guide the relevant professions and to protect the public

• To maintain and enhance the dignity and integrity of the health profession and professionals

• To advocate for the promotion of the health of the population

• To commit to improved stakeholder engagement

• To advise Council and the Minister of Health in the development of strategic policy frameworks

The Medical and Dental Professions Board will deliver on its mandate through the following values:

• Expecting honesty and integrity from its members

• Acting with respect, fairness and transparency to all

• Regulating consistently and decisively

• Functioning effectively and efficiently

• Ensuring accountability for its actions


The four broad Strategic goals identified by the Board are:

• Efficient and effective functioning of the Board

• Regulating and guiding the profession

• Protecting the public

• Advisory and advocacy for the profession and stakeholder engagement




In the execution of its mandate, the Education and Registration Committee of the Medical and Dental Professions Board has the following working structures, namely:

• Subcommittee for Examinations (Medical), (ECM)

• Subcommittee for Internship Training, (IT)

• Curriculum Subcommittee,

• Committee for Medical Science (CMS)

• Subcommittee for Postgraduate Education and Training – Medical, (PETM)

• Subcommittee for Undergraduate Education and Training – Medical (UET)

• Education, Training and Registration Committee (Dental) (ETRCD)

The following evaluations and accreditations were conducted in the period under review:

Profession Number of evaluations/ accreditations

Medical Undergraduate 3

Medical Postgraduate 12

Dental Undergraduate 2

Dental Postgraduate 2

Medical Science 1

Internship 34

In the period under review, the Curriculum Subcommittee developed the criteria for recognition of institutions and updated the non-exam track list.

With regard to matters relating to teaching units, departments and posts, the Subcommittee for Postgraduate Education Training for Medical (PETM) approved 14 applications from different University within the Departments.

The Subcommittee for Postgraduate Education and Training (Medical) (PETM) delegated powers to the Secretariat to process applications for Independent Practice by foreign qualified Specialists who are actively registered in the category Public Service Specialist.


The following stakeholder engagement initiatives were embarked upon by the Board on matters affecting the health professions regulated under its ambit as follows:

• The Education and Registration Committee (ERC) Workshop between members of the Education and Registration Committee, the National Department of Health (NDoH) and the Foreign Workforce Management (FWM) to review Forms 176 MP/DP took place on 27 October 2017 at Council Chambers, HPCSA. Form 176 MP/DP is for the Guidelines on Registration of Foreign Qualified Medical and Dental Practitioners and Medical and Dental Specialists.


The Practice Committee reviewed the Ethical Guidelines and made recommendations to Board which were approved and subsequently submitted to Council. The Human Rights, Ethics and Professional Practices (EHRP) Committee of Council reviewed the Ethical Guidelines and submitted to Board for comments prior to finalisation. The Ethical Guidelines will be placed on the Agenda for the first meeting of the Committee in the 2018/19 financial period. The Committee will review and update the Rulings and adapt them to Ethical Rules in the next reporting period.



7. SCOPE OF THE PROFESSIONS

CHANGES TO RULES/REGULATIONS/SCOPES OR OTHER STATUTORY PROVISIONS

The following policies were reviewed in the reporting period:

• Restoration Policy

• Foreign qualification Policy - in process

• The Legislative Framework for Medical Science - approved

• The creation of a new professional category: Molecular Biology (Clinical Pathology) – in process

• Reviewed Core Curriculum and Assessment Guidelines - approved

• Implement Guideline for Assessment - approved

• Implement Duty Certificate - approved

The Practice Committee deliberated and made recommendations to the Board on the following regulatory instruments:

i. Ethical Rules

ii. Undesirable Business Practices Policy

iii. Practice Guidelines

iv. Implementation of Section 19 of the Act

v. Supervised Practice Guidelines


Upon application for registration by Foreign Qualified Practitioners, an applicant has to meet the requirements prescribed in Regulations Relating to the Registration of persons who hold qualifications not prescribed for registration Published under Government Notice R101 in Government Gazette 31859 of 6 February 2009.

In the reporting period, the Education, Training and Registration Committee (Dental) developed separate Guidelines for registration of foreign qualified dental practitioners and dental specialists as well as an Evaluation Form of foreign dental degrees for equivalence with South African dental degrees.

6.1 Professional conduct cases

The following were brought before the Professional Conduct Committee

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3 Quarter 4 TOTAL

Matters set down 24 44 28 32 128

Matters proceeded to inquiry 22 34 25 19 100

Matters postponed at the inquiry 11 9 9 9 38

Removed from the roll 1 10 3 13 27

Appeal matters 1 0 2 2 5

Matters finalized 11 24 16 10 61

• Erasures 0 1 0 1 2

• Suspension 1 3 0 4 8

• Fine 2 9 12 1 24

• Caution & reprimand 2 1 1 3 7

• Acquittal/discharge 6 10 3 1 20



9. BOARD EXAMINATIONS

The Board of Examinations for Foreign Qualified Medical Practitioners who applied for registrations were held as follows:

Medical Board Examination held in May/June and Oct/Nov 2017

Date of examination

Examination category Number of candidates who

wrote

Number of candidates who passed

Number of candidates who

failed

May 2017 Written Part 120 candidates 85 candidates passed 35 candidates failed

June 2017 Objective Structured Clinical Examination

119 candidates 65 candidates passed 54 candidates failed

October 2017 Written Part 99 candidates 91 candidates passed 8 candidates failed

November 2017 Practical Part 144 candidates 45 candidates passed 99 candidates failed

In the reporting period, the Board reiterated its position and enforced the registration requirement that all non-compliant applications would not be accepted. Compliant applications for registrations are applications that were accompanied by the following documents listed below:

• Curriculum Vitae

• Form 12

• Notarised degree (Foreign & English translation)

• Notarised Academic Transcript

• Proof of internship training

• ECFMG verification reports (medical practitioners)

• IELTS Certificate (dental practitioners)

• Original Certificate of good standing

• Notarised Passport / Identity document ‘

• Proof of work experience

• FWM Support letter

• Evaluation Form (Form 176 A DP) of foreign dental degrees for equivalence with South African dental degrees (Dental Practitioners)

Registration Statistics for the financial year 2017/18

PROFESSION NUMBER OF REGISTRATIONS

Clinical Associates 179

Dental Practitioners 227

Genetic Counsellors 2

Interns 3016

Medical Practitioners 1971

Medical Science 93

Medical Physicists 20

Visiting students 520

Three Portfolio assessments for medical science were conducted during the following cycles:

• 31 May 2017,

• 30 September 2017 and

• 31 January 2018

No Dental Board examination took place in the reporting period. The next examination will be conducted in the second half of 2018.

The two forms namely; Form 176 MP and Form 176 DP were approved by the Education and Registration Committee (ERC) in November 2017 and noted by the Board in December 2017.

10. GOVERNANCE

The Board developed an Annual Performance Plan (APP) document to form the basis of reviewing the performance of its structures quarterly and annually.



11. HIGHLIGHTS

Following are the notable highlights achieved by the Medical and Dental Professions Board:

The review of the following Rules/ Regulations/ Scopes or other Statutory Provisions:

• Restoration Policy

• Foreign qualification Policy (in process)

• The Legislative Framework for Medical Science (approved)

• The creating of a new professional category: Molecular Biology (Clinical Pathology) – in process

• Reviewed Core Curriculum and Assessment Guidelines - approved

• Implement Guideline for Assessment- approved

• Implement Duty Certificate (approved)

The Practice Committee deliberated and made recommendations to the Board on the following legislative framework:

• Ethical Rules

• Undesirable Business Practices Policy

• Practice Guidelines

• Implementation of Section 19 of the Act

• Supervised Practice Guidelines

PROFESSIONAL BOARD FOR MEDICAL TECHNOLGY

1. OVERVIEW

The Professional Board for Medical Technology is constituted by ten (10) members appointed by the Minister of Health in terms of Section 15 of the Health Professions Act 1974, (Act 56 of 1974). At the end of the reporting period, the Board had one vacancy for a community representative.

To empower, capacitate and ensure that members executed their duties effectively and efficiently, the Board attended a Workshop on the Health Professions Act, the Ethical Rules and Charter for Councillors.

The Board conducted the following meetings for

the period under review:

• Two Professional Board meetings;

• Two Ad Hoc meetings;

• Two Executive Committee meetings;

• Three Education Training and Registration Committee meetings;

• Two meetings for the Committee of Preliminary Inquiry;

• Two Task Team meetings on the Registration of Forensic Pathology Officers;

• One Task Team on the Establishment of the Prosectors Register; and



• One Examination Task Team.


The Board developed a five-year Strategic Plan and identified the following four Strategic Goals:

i. Effective and Efficient Functioning of the Board;

ii. Ongoing Stakeholder Engagement;

iii. Promote the Protection of the Public; and

iv. Guiding the Profession.

The Board has met some of the objectives and

those will be highlighted in this report.


The Board continued to monitor the provision of quality education and training of professionals under its ambit. In the period under review, the Board was currently reviewing the following:

i. Board Examination processes.

ii. Guidelines for accreditation of training institutions and facilities and related processes, including Forensic Pathology Officers accreditation.

The minimum standards for the training of Forensic Pathology Officers were approved by the Education Training and Registration Committee and were awaiting approval by the Board. The Policy relating to the Registration of Intern Medical Technologists, Student Medical Technicians and Laboratory Assistants was approved by the Board.

The Board conducted eight National Diploma evaluations, six Bachelor of Health Science in Medical Laboratory Science (BHSc) and 15 clinical training facilities evaluations. The Education Committee continued to engage its stakeholders in relation to the process of the articulation and recognition of prior learning (RPL) within the Medical Technology Professions.

The Board recommended to Council that the Regulations relating to the Qualifications for the Registration of Medical Laboratory Scientists be amended to include the qualification Bachelor of Health Science in Medical Laboratory Science

BHSc (MLS) from the following higher education institutions and for onward submission to the Minister of Health for promulgation:

i. Nelson Mandela University (NMU)

ii. Central University of Technology, Free State (CUT, FS)

iii. University of Johannesburg (UJ)

iv. Mangosuthu University of Technology (MUT)

v. Durban University of Technology (DUT)


The following interactions with stakeholders took

place in the period under review:

• The Board hosted its second stakeholders meeting on 29 August 2017 in Cape Town.

The meeting was attended by 41 stakeholders representing universities of technology, medical technology coordinators (provincial representatives); laboratory area managers and training managers, to name but a few. The meeting was important as it served as a forum to discuss matters of mutual concern for both the Board and the Medical Technology profession. Other issues that were discussed included the following:



i. Nominations of evaluators to assist the Board with evaluations of training facilities and training institutions;

ii. Approved Medical Technology syllabi;

iii. Council’s Business Process Re-engineering (BPR) project;

iv. Online Registration Renewal;

v. Rationale and progress on the Proposed Forensic Pathology Register;

vi. Scope of Profession and the Use of Automated instruments in Medical Technology;

vii. Guidelines relating to Supervised Practice; and

viii. The Maintenance of Licensure (MoL) Model.

• The Forensic Pathology Officers Stakeholder meeting with the Public Health and Social Development Sectoral Bargaining Council (PHSDSBC): The EXCO of PHSDSBC had expressed concerns regarding the register and needed to have a deeper understanding of the requirements of entry into the register. The concerns were addressed.

• The Forensic Pathology Officers Stakeholder meeting: This was the meeting of the National Department of Health, Provincial Departments of Health, Forensic Pathology Services, PHSDSBC, supervisors and coordinators of Forensic Pathology Officers to provide update on the establishment of the Forensic Pathology Officers Forum.

• The Board Executive Committee convened an annual meeting with the Society of Medical Laboratory Technologists of South Africa (SMLTSA) in October 2017.

• The Board sent a delegation to participate in the Annual Laboratory Medicine Congress which was hosted by the Society of Medical Laboratory Technologists of South Africa (MMLTSA) in May 2017. The Board’s Administration exhibited at the Congress.

• A meeting with the South African

Police Services (SAPS) and the National Department of Health (NDoH) to institutionalise the training of authorised persons to take buccal samples in the SAPS.

• The Board sent representatives to the Health and Welfare Sector Education and Training Authority (HWSETA).

In the period under review, the Board was actively engaging with stakeholders and planned to expand its stakeholder’s engagement programme through the hosting of roadshows and symposia and representation at the various congresses.


The Board considered and acted on seven complaints relating to: practicing outside of scope of practice, unprofessional conduct towards clients and colleagues, insufficient treatment of patients, etc. The Board also received quarterly status reports on professional conduct matters to enable the Board to monitor progress, as well as trends in complaints. The Board’s Committee of Preliminary Inquiry finalised three complaints and four matters were deferred to obtain further information and there were two guilty findings. One professional inquiry was held where the respondent was found guilty of unprofessional conduct on three counts.



6. SCOPE OF PROFESSION

The Board approved the establishment of the Register for Forensic Pathology Officers. The Regulations relating to the Registration of Forensic Pathology Officers was promulgated by the Minister of Health on 23 March 2018 for public comment.

The Board approved the Regulations relating to Scope of Profession for Forensic Pathology Officers and was currently consulting with the other Professional Boards. Once all Boards input and comments are received, the scope will be reviewed and the Draft will be forwarded to Council for approval and to the Minister of Health for promulgation. The Board was, at the end of the reporting period, in the process of reviewing the scope of profession for Medical Technology.


The National Board Examinations were conducted by the Society of Medical Laboratory Technologists of South Africa (SMLTSA) on behalf of the Board.

8. GOVERNANCE

The Board reviewed and updated the Annual Performance Plan and the progress made on the objectives set. The Risk Register was also reviewed. The Board reviewed the mandates, roles and responsibilities of its Committees in terms of its strategic objectives.

9. HIGHLIGHTS

The year to date was very active for the Board and its committees. Following are the major milestones achieved by the Board:

• The Promulgation of the regulations relating to the registration of Forensic Pathology Officers was promulgated by the Minister of Health on 23 March 2018 for public comment.

• The Board continued to be part of Inter-Board Forum of Council and other structures to take the mandate of the Board and that of Council forward and to meet the Board’s obligations as per its

Strategic Plan, as reviewed.

OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY, MEDICAL ORTHORTICS AND PROSTHETICS AND ARTS THERAPY

1. OVERVIEW

When new Boards were constituted in 2015, the Minister of Health only appointed eight out of the 14 members to the Board; thus for the first two years, the Board survived with about half of its complement. In 2018, additional members were co-opted into Committees and to the Board to help achieve its strategic objective. The Board is looking forward to operating at full capacity in the next financial year.

2. VISION

“To regulate the professions for quality and equitable services at all levels of healthcare”.

3. MISSION

The OCP will achieve its mission by:

• Guiding and regulating the profession through scopes of professions and practice, setting minimum training standards, enforcing compliance, accreditation and quality assurance of training programmes, facilities and supervisors as well as setting the standards for registration.

• Protecting the public through monitoring professional conduct.



• Advocacy, advisory and stakeholder engagement through consistent and effective advice and responsiveness to the evolving health needs of the country.

• Efficient and effective Board functioning.


The Board adopted the following four broad areas as its strategic objectives:

(i) Guiding and regulating the profession.

(ii) Protecting the public through monitoring professional conduct.

(iii) Advocacy, advisory and stakeholder engagement.

(iv) Efficient and effective Board functioning.

To achieve the Board’s Strategic objectives, the OCP Board conducted several meetings and activities between 1 April 2017 and 31 March 2018, which included the following:

BOARD ACTIVITIES AND INITIATIVES NUMBER OF ACTIVITIES

Professional Board meetings 2

Executive Committee meetings 2

Education, Training and Registration Committee meetings

3

Assistive Devices and Technology Inter-Board meetings

4

Orientation and Mobility Task Team 1

Stakeholders Engagement 1

Documents Review Task Team 4

Scopes Task Teams (Medical Orthotics and Prosthetics, Arts Therapy and Occupational Therapy Technicians)

4


The financial year 2017/18 was a successful period for the Board as it achieved several successes in most areas, including upholding standards of education and training, finalised several regulatory documents relating to the professions of Arts Therapy, Occupational Therapy and Medical Orthotics and Prosthetics.

The Regulations pertaining to the qualifications for the registration of Arts Therapists in Drama Therapy

offered by the University of the Witwatersrand were published for comment in January 2018. At the end of the reporting period, the regulations were in the process of promulgation by the Department of Health.

The process of formulating the Scope of Profession for Occupational Therapy was a lengthy process as extensive stakeholder consultations had to be undertaken. At the end of the reporting period, the Board had prepared the second submission to Council for final approval and promulgation. The same process was underway for the Arts Therapy and Medical Orthotics and Prosthetics Scope of Practice. The Board will submit these Scopes to Council in the next reporting period.

The Board continued to monitor the provision of quality education and training of professionals under its ambit and committed to provide the necessary support to universities. Institutions were scheduled for evaluation and accreditation to train students in accordance with the minimum standards every five years.

In May 2017, the Board conducted training for evaluators appointed to conduct visits to institutions of higher learning. The following HEI’s were evaluated in the period under review:

Profession Institution

Occupational Therapy University of Cape Town

University of Pretoria

Medical Orthotics and Prosthetics

Durban University of Technology

Arts Therapy University of the Western Cape


One of the important roles that the Board played in stakeholder engagement was that of an advisor, advocate in line with Council’s strategic objectives.

In keeping with this strategic objective, the Board partnered with the Occupational Therapy Association of South Africa (OTASA) to discuss important issues that affected both the Occupational Therapy Assistants and Technicians.

Furthermore, the Board promoted dialogue with the various stakeholders to address the



needs of the public and to provide guidance to professionals through the annual newsletter publication and other engagement platforms. To this end, the Board has broadened the Annual Stakeholders Meeting conducted in March 2017 to include Training Providers (HOD of Universities), Associations and Provincial Department of Health Representatives and other stakeholders to advance all professions registered by the Board.

In the reporting period, the Board increased its participation in stakeholder’s activities by attending different Association’s Annual General Meetings; namely the Occupational Therapy Association of South Africa (OTASA) in June 2017 and the South African Network of Arts Therapy Organisations (SANATO) in May 2017), the National Rehabilitation Forum (NRF-DoH), Rehabilitation Indaba in November 2017 (Inter-Professions Discussion Platform).

From the advisory perspective, the Board continued to attend and manage queries and complaints pertaining to clinical practice, ethics and professional conduct issues that were forwarded to members and administration on a continuous basis. The Board observed that both the public and practitioners took an active role in capacitating themselves on their roles entail, as well as to identify gaps so that information and guidance could be requested from the Board and structures of Council.


The Board undertook to review Scopes of Practice for the Arts Therapy and Medical Orthotics and

Prosthetics. Two separate Task Teams were appointed in 2017 to complete the work and report back to the Board in 2018.

The Scope of Practice for Occupational Therapy was submitted to Council in 2017 for ratification and promulgation. In the process of readying the document for promulgation, Legal Services Department requested the Board to further review the Scope in keeping with the regulatory framework. At the end of the reporting period the Board was working on readying the document for resubmission to Council.

8. COMPLIANCE WITH REGISTRATION

In the period under review, the Board continued to comply with registration processes as prescribed by HPCSA.

Some processes and guidelines including registration of foreign qualified, restoration guidelines were reviewed by the Board through the Documents Review Task Team to ensure compliance and alignment. Registration and training of the Orthopaedic footwear Technician surfaced in 2017 prompting the Board to implement the relevant rules promulgated in 1981 and to institute a Board examination for practitioners who met the requirements.

In the reporting period, the Board was chosen for the Maintenance of Licensure Pilot Project to test the new systems and technology employed by the HPCSA. The participation of the Board in the project will enable practitioners to experience the future service of efficiency, simplicity and online convenience. It will also provide valuable information tot he HPCSA regarding maintenance of licensure not only in small professions and mid-level practitioners, but also relating to Professional Boards regulating diverse professions and practitioners.




The purpose of the Board examinations was to measure the capacity of foreign qualified practitioners applying for registration to enter the profession. Examinations comprised of a Theory and Practical Assessments conducted by the Board.

These examinations were conducted twice per year; in March/ April and September/ October.

Foreign Qualified Examinations Number of candidates

Occupational Therapists 3 candidates

Medical Orthotics and Prosthetics

0

Arts Therapy 1 (theory only)

10. HIGHLIGHTS

Following were highlights as attained by the Board:

• Assistive Devices and Technology

The Task Team had worked on a joint paper and resubmitted to the Inter-Board Forum for consideration and, subsequently, for Council’s approval.

• Standardised Tests in Occupational Therapy

The Board finalised the process of updating the list of standardised tests that Occupational Therapists can administer.

A Task Team led by Prof L van Niekerk comprised of experts from various field of Occupational Therapy prepared a comprehensive, informative list that included other vital information, such as the occupational and/or pre-occupational categories that can be assessed using the test and information relating to the standardisation of the respective tests. Should practitioners want to add tests to the list henceforth, they would have to provide information about the test in the same format, thus expediting the process of updating the list in future.

At the end of the reporting period, the Board was working on the uploading of the list onto the HPCSA website for easy access by professionals.

• Orientation and Mobility Practitioners Task Team

In the reporting period, the Board covered a lot of ground with regard to the creation of the Orientation and Mobility Register.

Important draft documents, including a scope of profession, supervision guidelines were developed and are in the process of consultation with stakeholders. The Board commenced with the important discussions on aspects pertaining to registrations, grandfather clause, Independent/ Supervised practice. A sub-task team was established to outline details regarding the supervision of Orientation & Mobility (O&M) practitioners and to develop guidelines.

• Documents Review Task Team

This Task Team was established at the beginning of the term of office of the current Board to prioritise and review all Board policies, legislations, guidelines, documents etc.

The following were reviewed and amended in the period under review:

• Foreign qualified registration

• Restoration guidelines

• Higher Education Institution’s Evaluation guidelines

• Various forms of registrations



PROFESSIONAL BOARD FOR OPTOMETRY AND DISPENSING OPTICIANS

1. OVERVIEW

The Professional Board for Optometry and Dispensing Opticians, with all its structures, held 26 successful meetings in the period under review.

The Board managed to achieve most of the activities planned for 2017/18 financial year within the allocated budget. The Strategic Plan was reviewed and updated. The Annual Performance Plan and the Risk Management Plan for 2018/19

were developed on the reviewed Strategic Plan.

Progress reports on the implementation of the plans were tabled at every Board meeting. Performance of the full Board, its structures and individual members was constantly monitored and gaps/shortcomings addressed.

The general performance in the reporting period is satisfactory. Extensive consultations were done in preparation for the introduction of a five year (4+1) Optometry programme.


The vision for the Board is:

“An effective and accountable regulator in the education and practice of eye care professions”.

The Mission the Board is:

To establish and implement a regulatory framework, policies and guidelines for Optometry and Dispensing Optician through:

• Setting of professional norms and standards

• Quality assurance of eye care education and professional practice

• Defining scopes of practice

• Promotion of equitable and accessible eye care service delivery

• Effective stakeholder engagement



3. STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES – ANNUAL PERFORMANCE PLAN

Performance Indicator Unit Baseline Annual Target for FY 2017/18

PROGRESS AS AT 31/03/2018

Strategic Objective 1.1. To review, set and enhance quality standards within education and training

Curricula Guidelines Reviewed

% Not Applicable

100% reviewed • Optometry & Opticianry exit level outcomes reviewed and updated.

• Appointment of Consultant to facilitate the standard generating process for the five-year Optometry programme & Task Team appointed held three meetings/workshops.

Draft Guideline Published % Not Applicable

100% Final guideline published

Outstanding

Final Guideline Published % Not Applicable

Outstanding

% of Accreditation Guideline Review Completed

% status of prior work done

100 Reviewed Reviewed, approved by the Board and shared with institutions.

Adherence to Accreditation Schedule & Criteria

% To be Confirmed

100% No deviations from schedule. Two (2) institutions evaluated and accredited according to schedule; deviation in sending the final report on one addressed accordingly.

Develop Evaluator Training Schedule and Criteria

100% Not Applicable

100% Established Training Schedule

No schedule. However, evaluators trained. 11/05/2017

Adherence to Training Schedule and Criteria

% To be established

100% Training conducted per schedule

Workshop held 11/05/2017

Strategic Objective 1.2. To investigate the requirement of specialities within the DO and OP professions

Identify and define Specialities

% Not Applicable

100% Specialities identified and defined

Possibility explored, consultations made & information gathered. Education Committee resolved to put on hold pending the completion of the 4+1 Optometry qualification and to ensure due processes are followed. Target not achieved yet.

Setting minimum requirements for the specialities

% To be Established

Establish Baseline

Baseline not established because it depended on the above activity.

Strategic Objective 1.3. To maintain the quality of professionals through a National Board Exams

Publishing of position paper % Status of Prior work done

100% Submitted Position statement not developed, not submitted to Council yet – in June 2017 the Board resolved to defer the matter pending finalisation of the structure for the five-year Optometry programme.





Strategic Objective 1.4. To Promote the production and retention of professionals at a rate that service the needs of the country with relevant stakeholders

Number of engagements and resolutions reached

Number 0 2 2 - Meeting with HoDs 11 May 2017

Meeting with the South African Optometric Association (SAOA) June 2017

% of Professions with clearly defined career paths

% To be established

Establish Baseline

Dispensing Opticians working on scope expansion and clarification of roles.

Strategic Objective 1.5. Be responsive to the socio-political, socio-economic, socio-epidemiological dynamics

Develop processes to ensure social relevance

% Not Applicable

100% developed & Proposal/ List of requirements Submitted to Council

The Education Committee resolved to establish a Facebook page in coordination with PR.

Communication with Council and stakeholders is ongoing.

Adherence to developed Processes

% Not Applicable

100% adherence

GOAL 2 - Strategic Objective 2.1. Improve communication with all stakeholders to promote a positive brand image

Development of Stakeholder Engagement Plan

Engagement targets per communication channel as specified in the Stakeholder engagement plan

% Not Applicable

Not Applicable Awaiting PR to develop generic stakeholder engagement plan for Council.

% Not Applicable

100% Implemented

Dependency

Number of engagements per annum

E-bulletins: 1

Newsletters: 2

Board Specific Road Shows: 1

Maintain Baseline Targets

• 0 e-Bulletin article

• Issued Media statement on unregistered practitioners doing locums

• Issued a statement on hearing assessment by Optometrists

• 1 newsletter issued Oct 2017

Strategic Objective 2.2. Fostering practitioner compliance to Council Regulations

Number of engagements conducted

% 1 100% Meetings held with stakeholders: HoDs, SAOA, CHE, NDoH

Strategic Objective 3.1. To publish Scopes of Practice

% of Professions under the ambit of the Board with clearly defined Scopes of practice.

% Not Applicable

3 Not done yet as it is linked to the five-year programme.

Strategic Objective 3.2. Review the Scope of Profession for Dispensing Opticianry

% of Profession for Dispensing Opticians with clearly defined Scopes of Professions

% To be established

Establish Baseline

Task team work in progress. Meeting with Department of Health held.




Stakeholder engagement and involvement in education and training matters is important. To this end, the Board had a series of meetings/consultations with relevant stakeholders, such as Higher Education Institutions (HEIs), the South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA), the Council for Higher Education (CHE) and the National Department of Health (NDoH). These engagements were necessary in ensuring the different expertise were used; and that support and buy-in are solicited in the development of a 4+1 Optometry programme.

The engagement sessions were also used to align the education and training with national imperatives/initiatives. A consultant curriculum specialist has been appointed to facilitate the standard generating process for the expanded Optometry programme.

The Exit Level Outcomes for Optometry programme were reviewed to include Ocular Therapeutics. A separate document of outcomes was developed for a postgraduate programme in Ocular Therapeutics.

Evaluations for accreditation of Optometry and Dispensing Opticianry programmes were carried out at two institutions and both were accredited to continue offering the programmes for the next



% of Rules, regulations, guidelines and polices reviewed and finalised

% To be established

100% Regulations defining scope of professions reviewed and updated – approved by Council, awaiting promulgation by Minister.

Strategic Objective 3.3. NGO Regulations

Guidelines Developed % None 50% Outstanding

Strategic Objective 3.4. Efficient functioning of the Board (and Council)

Annual Board and Committee performance evaluation

Number Not Applicable

Contributions submitted to Council

Reports tabled and approved at Board meetings; Prelim Chairperson submitted reports at Board meetings; Board performance survey report submitted to ETQA Committee in January 2018.

Strategic Objective 3.5. Skills development of Board Members and associated persons

Number of Training Programmes per annum attended

Number None 2 Training on evaluation criteria and on the collaboration platform.

Attendance Rate of Training Programmes

% None 80% 100%

Strategic Objective 4.1. Prescribe professional practice standards and guidelines for the respective eye care professions

% of minimum standards reviewed

% Existing standard of care and guidelines

17 Not attended to yet

% of minimum standards development

% Existing standard of care and guidelines

17

Strategic Objective 4.2. Monitor compliance to the minimum standards of care

Clinical Audit Coverage % 5% 5%

Strategic Objective 4.3. Continual Ethical commitment

Input provided to Council with respect to licensure

% Not Applicable

100% Input on maintenance of licensure & on reviewed CPD guidelines submitted.



five years. The Board continued to give required support to all institutions for the maintenance of acceptable standards of education and training.

Feedback was provided to institutions on their mid-term and self-review reports submitted to the Board. Guidelines on the evaluation for accreditation have been reviewed to ensure inclusion of the Ocular Therapeutics.

An annual audit of the minimum clinical hours and patient number that must be achieved by final year student was conducted and institutions were given feedback with recommendations, where necessary. These audits were done to ensure compliance with all minimum requirements for registration with Council.

The development of guidelines on the appointment of external examiners to serve as a guide to institutions was finalised with input from institutions incorporated. The reason for the development of the guidelines was to ensure the use of appropriately qualified and experienced external examiners by institutions.

The Board also developed guidelines on the Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) for Therapeutics to serve as a guide when higher education institutions assess applications for recognition from foreign qualified practitioners. The document was finalised and shared with the higher learning institutions offering Optometry and Dispensing Opticianry programmes.

With regards to continuing professional development (CPD), the Board approved three institutions as Accredited Service Providers of CPD activities as well as for Accreditors on behalf of the Board. Annual reports received from both Accreditors and Accredited Service Providers were considered by the Board and feedback given to each. Providers were encouraged to offer more relevant activities and more on ethics. Legislation required for practitioners to stay abreast of developments within their professions and to remain registered was highlighted in the Board’s newsletter “Optisight”.


The Board issued one newsletter to its practitioners in the past financial year as part of

its communication initiatives.

Meetings and workshops were held with the following stakeholders in preparation for the introduction of the five-year (4+1) Optometry programme, which will include both diagnostics and therapeutics privileges:

• Higher Education Institutions

• Council on Higher Education

• South African Qualifications Authority

• South African Optometric Association

• National Department of Health

The annual engagement with higher education institutions on policy matters and issues pertaining to the setting of minimum standards of education and training in Optometry and Dispensing

Opticianry also took place in the reporting period.


The development of guidelines for the evaluation of clinical facilities started and will be completed in the next financial year.

Matters that served before the Committee of Preliminary Inquiry at its two meetings held were the following:

1. Total matters handled – 52

2. Finalised matters – 11

3. Matters referred to Inquiry – 5

4. Deferred matters – 21

5. Consultation – 5

6. Inspection – 1

7. To Ombudsman – 2

8. Guilty verdicts – 7


The Board continued tirelessly to pursue the Medicines Control Council (MCC) to expand the

drug list for therapeutics.



Scope infringement

The Board received numerous queries and complaints regarding the performance of certain clinical and professional acts falling within the scope of the Speech, Language and Hearing Professions by practitioners registered within the profession of Optometry and Dispensing Opticians who are not qualified nor competent to perform such clinical acts.

The Professional Boards for Optometry and Dispensing Opticians, together with the Professional Board for Speech, Language and Hearing Professions, reminded and educated both practitioners and the members of public of the following:

That “Rule 21 of the Ethical Rules of Conduct provides that: “A practitioner shall perform, except in an emergency, only a professional act -

(a) For which he or she is adequately educated, trained and sufficiently experienced; and

(b) Under proper conditions and in appropriate surroundings


All compliant applications (100%) requiring the Board’s attention (mainly from foreign qualified professionals) were handled within six months and reports tabled at Education Committee and Board meetings.

The annual monitoring of compliance to minimum requirements before registration with Council by South African graduates was conducted by the Board. The Board communicated with universities to reiterate the importance of the final year students or graduates registering the HPCSA before they commence with employment.


Successful Board examinations were conducted on five candidates, three of whom were foreign qualified and the two others were towards restoration. The Board Examination Guidelines with fee structure were finalised, approved by Council and fees were promulgated.

10. GOVERNANCE

The Board continued to improve on its efficiency and effectiveness in carrying out its mandate.

All scheduled and ad-hoc meetings, workshops, stakeholder engagements and accreditation visits were carried out. The Strategic Plan, Annual Performance Plan (APP) and the Risk register were reviewed.

11. HIGHLIGHTS

The following highlights were recorded in the period under review:

• The Professional Board for Optometry and Dispensing Opticians and its structures successfully held 24 meetings and workshops in the period under review.

• The Strategic Plan for the term of office 2015 - 2020 was reviewed in October 2017. The Annual Performance Plan for 2017/18 was developed for the Board in line with Council’s Strategic Plan.

• A legislative framework pertaining to Optometry and Dispensing Opticians was reviewed, amended and approved by Council. It was then submitted to the National Department of Health for promulgation.

• Contact lenses were classified by Medicines Control Council (MCC) as medical devices. This was a huge achievement for the Board considering various previous submissions to the MCC in an endeavour to curb the ever-rising online sale of contact lenses by any persons, including non-optometrists.

• Progress was made in preparation for the introduction of the five-year Optometry programme. A Curriculum Development Specialist was appointed as a consultant, who worked with a team that included all the relevant stakeholders and held three

meetings to map the way forward.



PHYSIOTHERAPY, PODIATRY AND BIOKINETICS

1. OVERVIEW

The Professional Board for Physiotherapy, Podiatry and Biokinetics, as its strategic goal, is committed to pursuing quality in every sphere of influence, advancing the level of service delivery and development of the professions within the Board’s ambit.

The Professional Board is made up highly skilled and experienced professionals from various sectors and are entrusted with an oversight responsibility to advance professions with the Board’s ambit. These members carry several tasks including regulatory control of the professions, liaison with stakeholders at various levels, advance education and training of practitioners, promote quality care and protect the public. As such community representatives plays a critical role to ensure that in all decisions the public is considered, and their view is paramount as important stakeholders.

In the period under review, the Board continued the first two years of its term without a permanent Biokineticist member appointed by the Minister of Health. The Board co-opted Prof J van Heerden to fill the vacancy in the interim. In November 2017, the Board appointed Mr. T Maluvhu as a member of the Board.

2. MISSION AND VISION

The Professional Board for Physiotherapy, Podiatry and Biokinetics adopted the following as its Vision and Mission:

The vision for Professional Board for Physiotherapy, Podiatry and Biokinetics is;

“Ensuring quality specialised skills in Physiotherapy, Podiatry and Biokinetics professions”.

The mission of the Professional Board for Physiotherapy, Podiatry and Biokinetics is:

• Guide, set standards and regulate the professions in line with national and international practices

• Protect the public

• Proactively address the needs of the community and relevant stakeholders

• Advocate for the professions and advise relevant policy formulation

• Ensure efficient and effective functioning of the Board


The Professional Board Strategic Plan was aligned with the Council’s strategy and the following overarching goals were developed:

i. Guiding and Regulating the Profession

ii. Protecting the Public

iii. Advocacy, Advisory and Stakeholder Engagement

iv. Effective and Efficient Functioning of the Board

To achieve its strategic goals, the PPB Board conducted several meetings and activities between 1 April 2017 and 31 March 2018, these included:



BOARD ACTIVITIES AND INITIATIVES NUMBER OF ACTIVITIES


HPCSA Roadshows – Durban 1



4

Biokinetics Internship Committee meetings

2

Committee for Preliminary Inquiry meetings

3

Stakeholders Engagement 4

Task Team meetings/Ad Hoc meetings

5

Congresses and Conferences 2

2018 marks the Board’s mid-term in office. At the beginning of 2018, as part of the Board’s Annual Performance Plan for 2018/2019 focussed on completing the following tasks:

• Approval of Scope of practice for all professions

• Review of ethical rules relevant to the Board

• Career pathing for all professions in the Board

• Clinical Standards document

• Governance training for Board members


As per its mandate, the Board is required to evaluate Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) once every five years and to give accreditation for the training of students in accordance with the minimum standards of training. The Board continuously monitored the provision of quality education and training of professionals under its ambit and was committed to provide the necessary support to institutions on a developmental basis.

The following HEIs were evaluated during the 2017/18 financial year as scheduled:

Profession Institution

Physiotherapy • University of Cape Town

• University of Pretoria

Podiatry • None

Biokinetics • University of the Western Cape

4.1 Revision of Evaluation Guidelines

In the period under review, the Education Committee revised and updated guidelines and forms pertaining to the evaluation of institutions of higher learning and Biokinetics Internship Training Centers to improve quality and to ensure that training standards are adhered to. These guidelines were approved by the Board for implementation. The revised guidelines are now in use and institutions are required to provide annual progress reports and implementation of interventions for monitoring.

4.2 Continuing Professional Development (CPD)

In complying with its vision to ensure quality specialised skills for practitioners, the Board continued to encourage practitioners to continually update their knowledge and skills. The Board accredited CPD Accreditors for at the beginning of term of office. These Accreditors provide annual feedback to the Board on all activities approved, covering quality assurance, trends of activities and the number of CPD points awarded to those activities. The Board is thus enabled to assess and determine the level of development and gaps in the profession.

In the reporting period, Dr Maharaj continued to represent the Board at the Council CPD Committee to advance the Board’s views and aspirations on several areas, including policy development, quality assurance and compliance on the continuous training and development of practitioners within its ambit.



4.3 Research

The Education Committee was mandated by the Board develop a platform to allow Master’s and PhD students to undertake research activities on behalf of the Board on pertinent issues such as scope of practice, specialisation, benchmarking etc. This kind of research empowered the Board to make informed choices and decision on policy development, qualifications and advances in the professions.


Stakeholder engagement with Provincial Coordinators, Department of Health, associations and societies, as well as international association was undertaken to promote and enhance the profession specific issues, such as the creation of posts for distinct categories, the expansion of training platforms and professional development. As a result of these discussions, a relationship was established to allow for processes to make submissions to the Department of Health.

The International Physiotherapy Regulators (INTPRA) in 2017 appointed Ms N Dantile, Chairperson of the PPB Board as a Committee Member to champion and pioneer the profession’s regulation space and to lead Africa into qualitative service provision.

The Board conducted two activities during the fiscal year, which were critical to the Board’s engagement with its stakeholders:

5.1 Education Committee Annual Stakeholders meeting

In August 2017, the Board hosted a stakeholders meeting comprising of all Universities Heads of Departments and representatives, Provincial Rehabilitation representatives and Associations. The purpose of the meeting was to update stakeholders on the progress made and to discuss essential matters pertaining to training of practitioners, clinical practice, CPD etc. The Board recognises that these engagements continue to enable it to account to its publics and to set the way forward.

5.2 Annual Practitioner Roadshow

The Board hosted a Practitioner Roadshow in October 2017, which was attended by over 100 practitioners from Kwa-Zulu Natal Province and surrounding areas. The event offered five Continuing Education Units (CEU’s) for attendance.

Members of the Board presented on topics ranging from ethics, regulations, clinical practice and professional conduct. Practitioners had an opportunity to engage with Board members on various aspects.

The Board, at its strategic planning session, expressed concern with the level of community participation as an important stakeholder element in the activities of the Board. Community representatives in the Board were encouraged to participate actively and assist in highlighting critical matters that required the Board’s attention, for the Board to engage and implement community-based interventions especially for the people living with disabilities.


The Board’s Committee of Preliminary Conduct Inquiry and Professional Conduct dealt with a number of complaints received from the public. This Committee considered a range of matters including fraud, communication, unprofessional conduct etc. To address some of the recurring issues of misconduct by practitioners, the Chairperson of the Preliminary Conduct Inquiry made a presentation at the Annual Board



Roadshows to advise practitioners of the duty to be professional and ethical.


In the reporting period, the Board committed to finalising the scopes of profession and obtaining approval from Council to promulgate. All three main scopes including Physiotherapy, Podiatry and Biokinetics were under review. Parallel to the process, the minimum standards were also updated to complement the scope and aid training of practitioners. The revised scopes will serve at Council in the next budget year for ratification and promulgation by the Minister of Health.


The Board, in its efforts to resolve the registration challenges faced by mid-level workers in Physiotherapy as well as creation of posts for Physiotherapy Assistants (PTA’s) and Physiotherapy Technicians (PTT’s), the Biokinetics and Podiatrists met with the National Department of Health Human Resources Department to put together an Action Plan, including consultation with all stakeholders, compilation of documents and proposal for submission to the National Health Council.

In the reporting period, the Board continued to review registration guidelines as they relate to foreign qualified registrations and restoration of name to the register. These guidelines, together with a number or restoration guidelines and processes, were approved in 2017.


The purpose of Board examinations is to measure the capacity of foreign qualified practitioners applying for registration to enter the profession for community service, or independent practice.

The Board conducted Board Examinations at two levels i.e. theory and practical examinations twice per year (i.e. March/ April and September/October). A total of 11 of candidates sat for examinations during 2017/2018 financial year:

Foreign qualified Physiotherapists

Foreign qualified Podiatrists

11 candidates 0 candidates

10. GOVERNANCE

The Board remains committed and fully endorses the principles of corporate governance and subscribe to systems that supports ethics, integrity and standards of compliance in all its decisions. The Board is of the view that corporate governance empowers its mandate and service delivery though judicious decision making, transparency, accountability and fairness.

In the period under review, all Committees of the Board were accountable in terms of its mandate and responsibilities. The Strategic Plan and the Risk register were reviewed at Board meetings to ensure that all activities were aligned and that risks are mitigated. In the last meeting of the Board, the Board made a request to receive further on corporate governance as it relates to Statutory Bodies and Technical Boards.

11. HIGHLIGHTS

The following were the highlights for the Board in the reporting period:

• The Scope of Practice was in progress. The Scope will be submitted to Council in the next reporting period.

• Alignment of Registration Guidelines – Restoration aligned across the Board.

• Accreditation Standard and Guidelines were review – approved by the Board for implementation.

• Accreditation and Evaluations of Institutions was also on track.

• Practitioner Roadshow 2017 hosted in Durban in October 2017.

• Stakeholders Engagement meeting which

was held in August 2017.



PROFESSIONAL BOARD FOR PSYCHOLOGY

1. OVERVIEW

The Professional Board for Psychology is constituted of twenty (20) members appointed by the Minister of Health in terms of section 15 of the Health Professions Act 1974, (Act 56 of 1974). After the inauguration, the Board defined its strategic objectives, which included the following main objectives and initiatives for the term of the Board until 2020:

(i) to review and clarify the scope of practice and scope of profession in line with best practice and ensure that it meets the needs of the public.

(ii) to review and update ethical rules, regulations, guidelines and policies applicable to the profession.

(iii) to improve inter-sectoral relations and engage with international bodies to ensure that best practice and benchmarking are incorporated locally.

(iv) to improve communication with stakeholders and inter-sectoral relations.

(v) to assure the quality of training programmes, adherence to minimum standards for training and training facilities, compliance

to CPD requirements and the conducting of examinations that are enforcing standards and that are fair and transparent.

(vi) to streamline the classification process of psychometric tests in line with the legislative framework.


The Vision Statement for the Professional Board for Psychology is to guide, regulate and advocate for quality psychological healthcare.

In the Mission Statement, the Board committed to strive to protect the public and guide the profession through-

• Legislation, regulations, guidelines and policies

• Effective, efficient and transparent procedures and processes

• Relevant and progressive standards

• Engaging the public, training institutions, practitioners and other relevant

stakeholders


In developing the strategic framework, the Board adopted following three key goals to guide its strategy. These included the following goals:

• To regulate and guide the profession of psychology;

• Advisory, Advocacy and Stakeholder Engagement; and

• Effective and efficient functioning of the Board.

4. PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW

To achieve the strategic objectives and to improve communication with stakeholders and inter-sectoral relations, the following meetings and Board activities were conducted during the period 1 April 2017 to 31 March 2018:



BOARD ACTIVITIES AND INITIATIVES NUMBER OF

ACTIVITIES


Risk Register Planning Workshop 1

HPCSA Roadshow 1



4

Examinations Committee meetings 3

Committee for Preliminary Inquiry meetings

4

Psychometrics Committee meetings 4

Accreditation and Quality Assurance Committee meetings

4

Meeting with Senior Counsel re: Neuropsychology Court Case

2

Working Group on Scope Regulations Meetings

7

Working Group on Scope Regulations meeting with Stakeholders

3

Task Team meetings/Ad Hoc meetings 4

National Board Examinations 3

Accreditations visits 22

Congresses and Conferences 3

CPD Accreditors’ meeting 1

Central marking of examinations 3


One of the primary functions of the Board was to set minimum standards and ensure compliance with those standards of education and training.

As part of the regulatory mandate of the Board, the Education and Training and Registration Committee (ETR Committee) reviewed all the minimum standards for the education and training of all categories of Psychologists, as well as for Psychometry and Registered Counsellor training. An extensive process to review the minimum standards for the education and training for students registered under the ambit of the Board was undertaken and finalised in the period under review. This was done in line with international best practice standards while keeping in mind the needs of the South African population. The evaluation of programmes will, in future, be evaluated against the minimum standards set by the Standards Generating Body (SGB).

The quality assurance of education and training was done through the system of evaluation, whilst

the accreditation of education and training against a set of criteria and guidelines. The Board continuously monitored the provision of quality education and training of professionals under its ambit and committed to provide the necessary support to institutions on a developmental basis. In the reporting period, the Board evaluated 11 programmes at higher educational institutions and seven internship training facilities as part of the process of ensuring compliance to minimum standards of education and training for psychology professionals.

6. STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENTS

The Board continued to play a significant advocacy and advisory role in line with one of Council’s strategic objective of stakeholder engagement. This was aimed at ensuring that the Board improves its communication with stakeholders and further enhance its inter-sectoral relations.

With this initiative in mind, the Board promoted dialogue with the various stakeholders in order to address the needs of the public and to provide guidance to professionals. The following conferences were attended during the period of reporting.

(i) SOCIETY FOR INDUSTRIAL AND ORGANISATIONL PSYCHOLOGY OF SOUTH AFRICA (SIOPSA) CONFERENCE 25 - 26 July 2017 – CSIR, PRETORIA

The SIOPSA Conference was held on 25 – 26 July 2017 at the Council for Scientific and



Industrial Research (CSIR). The Board exhibited and sponsored promotional material at the Conference. A panel discussion was held on the implications of the court judgement after the Association of Test Publishers litigation case against the Department of Labour.

(ii) PAN-AFRICAN PSYCHOLOGY UNION (PAPU) - PSYCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AFRICA (PSYSSA) CONGRESS

The Psychological Society of South Africa (PsySSA) hosted the 1st Pan African Psychology Congress in collaboration with the Pan-African Psychology Union (PAPU). This historic congress was held in Durban from 18 to 21 September 2017. Under the theme “Psychology for Society”, the Congress was the first event to bring together Psychology

scholars in the African continent and also welcomed psychology professionals from all parts of the world to share their research and scholarly work.

Board members were represented at the event and the Secretariat also attended. The Board facilitated a Symposium and sponsored some HPCSA promotional material. The Secretariat manned an exhibition stand to promote the Professional Board for Psychology, as well as deal with administrative queries.

To achieve the strategic objectives of improving communication with stakeholders, the following additional engagements were held between 1 April 2017 and 31 March 2018:

ENGAGEMENTS DATE

The Working Group on the Promulgation of Scope Regulations met with Stakeholders,

to afford Professional Associations/ Societies an opportunity to present their inputs to

the scope of review process.

22 and 23 June 2017

The Working Group on the Promulgation of Scope Regulations met with universities

and with representatives of Internship Sites, with the purpose to consult and afford

Universities an opportunity to present their inputs to the scope of the profession.

14 and 15 September

2017

A training session for Examiners, Markers and Moderators was facilitated by the

Examinations Committee. The training was conducted in line with the Boards

strategic objective of skills development of Board Members, and associated persons.

The training assisted the Board to mitigate the risk of having inadequately trained

Examiners/Markers and Moderators.

15 January 2018

The Working Group on the Promulgation of Scope Regulations held a Consultative

meeting with the CEO of the South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA) as

mandated by the Board. This was to ensure alignment with adequate career

progression and mobility.

22 February 2018

The Working Group on the Promulgation of Scope Regulations held a Consultative

Meeting with the CEO of the Council on Higher Education (CHE) to ensure alignment

of programmes to the Higher Education Qualifications Sub-Framework (HEQSF).

16 January 2018

The Education, Training and Registrations Committee held a Consultative meeting

with the University of the Free State to discuss the University’s proposal to offer DPsych

in Child Psychology.

22 February 2018

The Education, Training and Registrations Committee held a consultative meeting

with the South African Career Development Association (SACDA) where SACDA was

given an opportunity to articulate its request to collaborate with the HPCSA.

22 February 2018



7. LEGISLATIVE CHANGES RELATING TO PSYCHOMETRY

In May 2017, the amended Section 4 of the Employment Equity Amendment Act (Act No. 47 of 2013) was declared invalid by the Gauteng (North/South) High Court. This effectively meant that, psychological testing or similar assessment of an employee did not need to be certified by the HPCSA.

The HPCSA’s mandate and the Board’s responsibility remained one of protecting the public and guiding the profession, hence the need for psychological tests to be classified for use in the South African context. To this end, the Board recommended to Council to approve the Regulations for the development, control, and use of psychological tests. These regulations would deal with the classification of tests for use in the South African context and had been recommended to the Minister of Health for publication for comment. Members of the public would be provided with an opportunity of commenting on these regulations before they could be promulgated into law.

There were also concerns related to teaching and training on psychological tests which appeared on the list of classified tests. An official response was necessary from the Board that would address all the enquiries related to the training of psychological tests at universities in line with the list of classified tests, especially in view of the court judgement relating to the Association

of Test Publishers (ATP) litigation. For a test to have appropriate norms and not be biased was critical. Students thus needed to be equipped with sound and solid psychometric understanding before they could function as independent practitioners. This would enable practitioners to make good judgement and have a good understanding of the test makeup in terms of psychometric properties.

In early 2018, the Executive Committee appointed members to a Task Team to develop guidelines on the online assessments and to conduct international benchmarking with other international bodies on online assessments. Representatives of the professional associations and societies were also appointed to serve on the Task Team and to use guidelines previously developed by the Board as a basis. The Task Team was granted a period of three months to develop draft guidelines which would serve at the Board structures towards middle of 2018.


In terms of the mandate of the Committee of Preliminary Inquiry, the Committee is authorised within the current policy parameters as determined by the Board, to deal with all matters relating to preliminary inquiries regarding complaints in terms of Section 41(2) of the Health Professions Act, Act 56 of 1974 and to report thereon to the Professional Board. The Committee of Preliminary Inquiry held four meetings between April 2017 to March 2018 and the following matters were dealt with:



Meeting Outcome Date of Meeting

14 Jun 2017 06 Oct 2017 07 Dec 2017 16 Mar 2018

Explanations noted/accepted 16 16 13 15

Cautioned/ Reprimanded 2 0 0 0

Referred for Inspection 0 0 0 0

Referred for Consultation 4 1 1 0

Disciplinary Inquiry with option of fine 0 0 0 0

Disciplinary Inquiry 2 3 4 3

Further consideration deferred 3 16 5 13

Complaint withdrawn 0 0 0 0

Found guilty and imposed fine/penalty 1 4 8 8

Not to proceed with complaint 0 0 0 0

Referred to Pro-Forma Complainant 0 0 0 0

Matter Outside Councils Jurisdiction 0 1 0 0

Fine reduced 0 0 0 0

Total of matters that served before the Committee 28 41 31 39

9. SCOPE OF THE PROFESSION OF PSYCHOLOGY

The Regulations defining the Scope of the Profession of Psychology, published in GNR 993 of 16 September 2008 were challenged in the Western Cape High Court. The parties involved, which included the Minister of Health, the Health Professions Council of South Africa (HPCSA), the Professional Board for Psychology, ReLPAG and JASA entered into an agreement in November 2016. The agreement was:

(a) the Court would declare the Regulations invalid;

(b) the Court would suspend the declaration of invalidity for 24 months to afford the Minister, the HPCSA and the Professional Board for Psychology an opportunity to correct the defects; and

(c) during those 24 months to oblige the

HPCSA and the Professional Board for Psychology to consider, on a case-by-case basis, suspending pending disciplinary proceedings against psychologists, charged with practising outside the scope of practice of their registered category, until the Regulations have been corrected.

This agreement was made an order of court in November 2016. The practical consequences of the order were that all psychologists shall remain bound by the content of the Regulations, despite the declaration of invalidity, for the 24-month period of suspension. The Professional Board for Psychology was in the process of reviewing the Regulations. In order to finalise Regulations within the 24-month period, the Board established a Working Group on Promulgation of Regulations to facilitate the process of review of the scope of the profession of psychology. Part of the mandate of the Working Group was to conduct stakeholder engagements and input to the scope review was received from psychology practitioners and



associations as well as from registered practitioners in general.

The Professional Board for Psychology embarked on a process to address the concerns on the Scope of Practice and submit a revised Scope of Practice to the Minister of Health for promulgation. In February 2017, the Board established a Working Group on Promulgation of Regulations (“Working Group”), whose mandate was to review the Scope in consultation with relevant stakeholders and to come up with the final scope of practice for promulgation.

Between June and September 2017, meetings were facilitated for Practitioners, Professional Associations/Societies, Internship sites and Universities all of whom were granted the opportunity to submit their input or make presentations during meetings arranged for consideration by the Working Group. In February 2018, the Professional Board for Psychology approved the Regulations defining the scope of the profession for Psychology and Council approved the Regulations in March 2018 for submission to the Minister of Health for promulgation for a period commenting for comment of three months. During these consultative initiatives, it became evident that:

(a) there was evidence of misunderstanding and confusion on the difference between the Scope of the Profession and the Scope of Practice. Some practitioners had been trained to practice across categories, but they could not do so as there were restricted codification of the various functions that each registration category could lawfully perform within their respective scopes of practice that and the articulation of the scope limited them on what professional acts they could perform.

(b) there was evidence of a discontentment from Counselling Psychologists and Educational Psychologists against Clinical Psychologists whom they thought were not limited at all by the scope.

(c) there was a strong call for transverse registration.

(d) proposal was made to change the name

of the Registered Counsellor category to Psychological Counsellor.

(e) Research Psychologists were of the view that they would not need to register with the Board because they did not consult patients.

(f) Some Industrial Psychologists were of the view that registration with the Board was not a requirement due to their particular scope of practice.

(g) there were concerns raised with the model of training where a one-year Master’s programme was deemed to be inadequate to equip a person to register as a Psychologist.

(h) some of the challenges articulated in the submissions were emanating from Medical Aids’ non-payment for certain services based on the rules of some of the medical aids.

Most of these issues were considered when reviewing the regulations relating to the scope of the Profession of Psychology and some of the recommendations may be further considered with future initiatives of the Board.

The finalisation of this process of review of the scope of the profession of Psychology after an extensive process of benchmarking and consultation was a major milestone for the Board. It is anticipated that the input on the draft regulations will be duly considered before a final promulgation will be made by the Minister of Health.


In the period under review, the Board conducted three Board Examinations in order to ensure compliance to standards of education and training and professional practice. The purpose of Board examinations was to measure the capacity of graduates, foreign qualified practitioners and practitioners applying for restoration to enter the profession for community service, supervised practice or independent practice.

Below is the statistical information on the three National Board examinations conducted from 1 April 2017 to 31 March 2018:



Date of examination


wrote


passed


failed

June 2017 Clinical Psychology 38 38 0

Counselling Psychology 12 4 8

Educational Psychology 26 8 18

Industrial Psychology 42 37 5

Research Psychology 5 5 0

Registered Counsellor 84 73 11

Psychometrist Independent Practice 35 20 15

Psychometrist Supervised Practice 1 1 0

Total 243 186 57

Date of examination


wrote


passed


failed

October 2017

Clinical Psychology 48 37 11








Total 360 303 57

Date of examination


wrote


passed


failed

February 2018

Clinical Psychology 44 43 1








Total 366 323 43

The total candidates that wrote and passed the National Board.

• 969 candidates wrote the Board Examination during the financial year

• 812 candidates passed the Board Examination during the financial year

• 157 candidates failed the Board Examination during the financial year



11. GOVERNANCE

In the previous financial year, the Board approved the Strategic Plan and Annual Performance Plan. In June 2017, the Board resolved that Chairpersons of Committees and the Secretariat should ensure that the items on Risk and Operational Plans are included as standing agenda items of the Executive Committee to ensure that all required timeframes and set targets were met and monitored. Committee Chairpersons were required to report to the Board and the Executive Committee on progress made in terms of the strategic objectives within the mandates of their respective committees.

In the period under review, assurance of good governance was achieved through regular measurement, reporting and communication of risk management performance. These included measuring of the progress of risk management plans and assessing the overall maturity of the risk management programme. The Board further committed to risk compliance and governance resources to ensure that the policy objectives were achieved. To this end, a Risk Register was developed to identify and mitigate potential risks and Risk Treatment Action Plans were reviewed at each Board meeting in June 2017, November 2017 and February 2018.

12. HIGHLIGHTS

(i) Review of the Scope of the Profession of Psychology

The finalisation of the Review of the Scope of the Scope of the Profession of Psychology after an extensive process of benchmarking and consultation is indeed a milestone for the Board and it is anticipated that the input on the draft regulations will be duly considered before final promulgation is made by the Minister of Health.

(ii) The reduction in timelines for release of National Board Examination results

In 2017, the Examinations Committee embarked on a two-day central marking session for the marking and moderating of examinations scripts. This resulted in the moderation also being finalised at an earlier stage and thereby reducing the timelines for issuing of examination results by at

least 10 days.

(iii) Review and update the Ethical Rules, Regulations, Guidelines and Policies

One of the key strategic objectives of the Board was to review and update the ethical rules, regulations, guidelines and policies applicable to the profession. Certain sections of the Ethical Guidelines were outdated and not aligned to national legislation.

The Ethics Task Team was constituted, comprising of members of the Board and representatives of the professional associations/ societies; conducted its first meeting in the previous reporting period. In the reporting period, the Ethics Task Team reviewed the Ethical Guidelines and drafted rules of conduct, which will only be available in the next financial period.

The Executive Committee of the Board was mandated to deal with ethical matters and the review of the Ethical Rules, which will include the following:

(i) the review and refinement of the ethical rules aligned to other national legislation;

(ii) the development of guidelines to support the ethical rules; and

(iii) the development of a Hippocratic Oath as an aspirational code.

(iv) Alignment of programmes to the allocated budget



The Board functioned well within its budget provision during the period of reporting and is committed to improving administrative efficiency and improved service delivery to practitioners while aiming at protecting the public.

13. CHALLENGES

Vacancies in the Board

The vacancies are due to resignations from members of the Board, namely two Educational Psychologists and one Research Psychologist. Members of the profession were co-opted to the Board committees in order to support the capacity; however, the loss of experienced and dedicated members remained a challenge as the replacement of members has been a protracted process negatively impacting on the functioning of the Board.

Concerns regarding the decrease in numbers of Research Psychologists

Concerns were raised regarding the education, training and continued existence of Research as a Category of Registration by psychologists. This was triggered by a number of issues, which ranged from:

• dwindling numbers in Research Psychologists,

• the small numbers of Research Psychologists attaining HPCSA registration, and

• training at different institutions not being consistent.

Other issues of concern included the limited internship opportunities, the supervision of interns in Research Psychology as well as training and administering psychometric tests. A Research Task Team was appointed by the Board to investigate and advise on interventions in order to address the concerns before the end of 2018.

PROFESSIONAL BOARD FOR RADIOGRAPHY AND CLINICAL TECHNOLOGY

1. OVERVIEW

The Professional Board for Radiography and Clinical Technology is constituted of thirteen (13) members appointed by the Minister of Health in terms of section 15 of the Health Professions Act 1974, (Act 56 of 1974).

During the review period, the Board had vacancies for two (2) Radiographers, two (2) Clinical Technologists and one (1) vacancy for a Community Representative that had not yet been filled. In the interim, the Board co-opted four (4), two (2) Radiographers and two (2) Clinical Technologists to the Board and Education and Training Committee, until permanent appointments are made by the Minister.

The Board conducted the following meetings during the period under review:

Two (2) Professional Board meetings

Two (2) Executive Committee meetings

Two (2) Education Training and Registration Committee meetings

Three (3) meetings for the Committee of Preliminary Inquiry



One (1) Workshop on Evaluation of Clinical Facilities

One (1) Open Day Meeting with Practitioners.


The Vision of the Board is to be an effective regulator of the radiography and clinical technology professions.

The Professional Board for Radiography and Clinical Technology strived to achieve the following:

• Set and monitor compliance to quality norms, standards and guidelines;

• Promote ethical practice and protection of the public;

• Proactively engage and collaborate with all stakeholders (internal and external);

• Timeously respond to the needs of stakeholders;

• Function in an effective and efficient manner.


The Board developed a five-year Strategic Plan and identified the following four strategic goals. These strategic objectives were aligned with those of the HPCSA and provided direction and set priorities for the Board.

i. Protect the public by ensuring adherence to standards, regulations and requirements by practitioners;

ii. Guide the Professions through promoting competent quality practitioners;

iii. Ensure effective communication and collaboration with stakeholders; and

iv. Ensure a Board that functions in an effective and efficient manner.

The Board achieved some of the strategic objectives and is continuing to do so in consultation with all key stakeholders.


In the reporting period, the Board continued to monitor the provision of quality education and training of professionals under its ambit. The Board also ensured that the evaluation of institutions and training facilities which were due for re-accreditation in the five-year accreditation cycle were conducted.

To this end, the Board conducted one (1) Radiography educational programme and forty-nine (49) Radiography clinical training facilities evaluations in the time under review. One (1) Clinical Technology educational programme and twelve (12) evaluations for the accreditation of Clinical Technology training facilities were conducted.

The Board reviewed all of its policies and guidelines to ensure that they remained relevant and current. Amendments were made some policies and guidelines which were approved by the Education Training and Registrations Committee and were awaiting ratification by the Board.

The Board made recommendations to Council that the regulations relating to the qualifications for the registration of Radiographers and Clinical Technologists be amended to include the four-year Radiography professional degree. These recommendations were approved for submission to the Minister of Health for promulgation.

The Team that was tasked with finalising the minimum education and training standards for image interpretation and contrast media administration finalised the two documents and both minimum standards were approved by the Executive Committee of the Board and at the close of the financial year, were awaiting ratification by the Board.


The following interactions with stakeholders took place:

i. The Annual Stakeholders Meeting between the Professional Board for Radiography and Clinical Technology with the Heads of Department, Professional Associations and Provincial Coordinators was held on 30 May



2017.

ii. The HWSETA Stakeholder Collaboration Session on Skills Development Needs was held on 3 July 2017 at Emperors Palace, Johannesburg.

iii. A workshop for appropriateness on internship funding was held at HWSETA on 25 August 2017.

iv. Representation at the National Congress of the Society of Radiographers of South Africa (SORSA) held on 3 November 2017.

v. The 2017 Radiography and Clinical Technology (RCT) Open Day was held in Gauteng, Johannesburg on 10 November 2017.

vi. Representation at the SORSA KZN Branch Annual General Meeting on 10 February 2018.

vii. A visit to share best practices and assistance to the Health Professions Council of Namibia during accreditation of the Radiography programme at the University of Namibia on 12 – 16 March 2018.

viii. A meeting with the National Department of Health to discuss Community Service for Foreign Qualified Practitioners on 13 March 2018.

The Board continued to engage its stakeholders through other communication platforms, such as the website, newsletter, e-bulletin.


The Board considered and attended to fifteen (15) complaints relating to, practicing outside of The scope of practice, unprofessional conduct towards clients and colleagues, inadequate treatment of patients, amongst others. The Board also received quarterly status reports on professional conduct matters to enable the Board to monitor progress, as well as trends in complaints.

The Board’s Committee of Preliminary Inquiry finalised two (2) complaints, referred four (4) matters for professional conduct inquiries, seven (7) matters were deferred to obtain further information and there were two (2) guilty findings.


The Draft Regulations defining the Scope of Profession of Radiography was gazetted for public comment in September 2016 for a period of three (3) months.

The Professional Board for Radiography and Clinical Technology considered the public comments to the draft the regulations defining the scope of profession of Radiography, which were subsequently gazetted by the Minister of Health on 2 September 2016.

From the comments submitted by the stakeholders, the Professional Board for Radiography and Clinical Technology resolved to redraft the scope of profession of Radiography. The revised scope of profession of Radiography was provided to all other Professional Boards and major stakeholder for inputs and comments. The Professional Boards that made inputs either supported the draft Scope or indicated that they did not have any contribution to make.

With the exception of the Medical and Dental Professions Board, the majority of Boards, as well stakeholders, supported the revised draft Scope. At the time of compiling this report, the Board for Radiography and Clinical Technology



was still waiting for comments and support from one Professional Board. The final document and the revised Scope of Profession of Radiography will then be submitted to Council for approval and ultimately to the Minister of Health for promulgation.

The Board also engaging with the Pharmacy Council of South Africa regarding level and scope of drugs that can prescribed by radiographers who will administer contrast media.

In the reporting period, the Board revised the regulations relating to registration of Technicians Technology in Electro-Cardiographic (ECG) and Electro-Encephalographic (EEG) and Spirometry taking into consideration comments submitted by the stakeholders to the National Department of Health. The Board’s response to the stakeholders’ comments regarding the Regulations relating to registration of Technicians in Electro-Cardiographic (ECG) and Electro-Encephalographic (EEG) and Spirometry will be submitted to the Minister of Heath for final promulgation.

The process of reviewing the Scope of Profession and Ethical Rules for Clinical Technology was finalised by the Task Team. The two documents were awaiting final approval by the Board for ultimate submission to the Human Rights, Ethics and Professional Practices Committee of Council for approval.


The total number of professionals/students/interns who wrote the Board Examination in the reporting period was thirteen (13).

DATE NATURE OF EXAMINATION

NO OF CANDIDATES WHO WROTE

11 – 12

October 2017

Radiography (Foreign

Qualified)

4

25 – 27

October 2017

Electro-

Encephalographic

(EEG)

9

9. GOVERNANCE

In the reporting period, the Board developed a Strategic Plan which addressed its mandate in terms of the Health Professions Act, 1974 (Act 56 of 1974). The Board also attended a risk management workshop where a Risk Register was finalised.

The Board reviewed and updated the Annual Performance Plan (APP) on progress made on the objectives and the Risk Register to ensure that the Strategic objectives were achieved.

10. HIGHLIGHTS

Following are the major milestones for the Professional Board for Radiography and Clinical Technology:

i. Council approved that the Regulations relating to the qualifications for the registration of Clinical Technologists and Radiographers to be amended to include the four-year Bachelor of Health / Bachelor of Health Science qualification in Clinical Technology and Radiography.

ii. The promulgation for public comment on 22 December 2017 by the Minister of Health of the Regulations relating to the qualifications for the registration of Radiographers for inclusion of the four-year Bachelor of Health



/ Bachelor of Health Science qualification Radiography.

iii. The evaluators workshop where both the newly trained and the experienced evaluators expressed their appreciation for the training and expressed their enthusiasm to be involved with the HPCSA in conducting evaluations. Both hailed the workshop as a resounding success and a significant activity for the Board.

iv. The resolution by the Board to recognise the qualification PhD in Health Professions Education as an additional qualification registrable with Council. Each Higher Education Institution offering the PhD in Health Professions Education is, however, expected to apply to the Board for recognition of their additional qualification.

v. Participation by the Board at the Inter-Professional Board Forum meeting was held on 31 August 2017.

vi. The Professional Board Collaboration with the Health and Welfare SETA.

vii. A Task Team was appointed by the Board to develop the price guidelines for Radiography and Clinical Technology professions. This emanated from an outcry from practitioners regarding the discrepancies in payment of professional services rendered to clients from Medical Aid Schemes and the request for the HPCSA or the Board to publish a Price Guideline for Radiography. These price guidelines will assist Practitioners to charge market related fees for services to patients and procedures delivered.

viii. The resolution by the Board to set practice guidelines and minimum standards for ownership of clinical medical equipment for all categories of Clinical Technology. This was still work in progress at the end of the reporting period. The Task Team appointed was currently working on Nephrology and Neurophysiology. The guidelines for the remaining categories of Clinical Technology would be adapted from the Nephrology and Neurophysiology documents. All relevant

stakeholders will be consulted.

ix. It was brought to the attention of the Board by the Inspectorate Office of the HPCSA Legal Department that there were companies conducting themselves in contravention of Section 17(1)(a) of the Health Professions Act, (Act 56 of 1974), by practising within the scope of profession of Clinical Technology with specialisation in the category of Neurophysiology, whilst they and/or their employees were not registered as such with the HPCSA, which is a criminal offence in terms of Section 17(5). In one specific case, the company advertised that they were Neuro-diagnostic specialists who encouraged their patients to visit them every 3 to 6 months for check-ups. The Board was working together with the Inspectorate office to close those illegal companies.

x. One of the strategic objectives for the Professional Board for Radiography and Clinical Technology was to “Develop, implement and monitor a stakeholder engagement plan”. The Board noted that the Secretariat was dealing with lots of queries from practitioners asking for information which should be known by practitioners. The queries included updating of contact details with HPCSA or the importance of applying for a change



of category especially from Community Service to Independent Practice. The Professional Board for Radiography and Clinical Technology approved an innovative way to communicate valuable information to practitioners registered under the ambit of the RCT Board. The Board initiated a “DID YOU KNOW Campaign” where Short Message Service (SMSs) will be sent out to practitioners at least once a month with the assistance of IT to convey information to the practitioners. This platform will be used to communicate valuable information such as ethical rules and other related matters. It is anticipated that this initiative will reduce the number of queries and may trigger some practitioners to want to know more about what is expected of them.

xii. The Board actively engaged with fulfilling its mandate of protecting the public, guiding the professions as well as achieving the stated strategic objectives. Although the Board had four vacancies, the dedication and commitment of Board members, with the unwavering support of the administration enabled to Board to achieve most of its short-term goals. The outstanding objective for the Board to achieve was the approval of the revised Scope of Profession for Radiography by Council. The Board will direct all its energy in achieving the latter before expiration of the current term of office.

PROFESSIONAL BOARD FOR SPEECH, LANGUAGE AND HEARING PROFESSIONS

1. OVERVIEW

The Professional Board for Speech, Language and Hearing is charged with an oversight responsibility of acting in the best interest of the three professions under its jurisdiction, by being a focal point of corporate governance with responsibilities extending to internal and external stakeholders. The Professional Board is responsible for providing direction to the profession and to be effective in its regulatory control of the profession, reviewing and monitoring the Board’s Strategic Plan, Annual Performance Plans, Risk Management and the Budget with a view to ensuring that the profession receives maximum value for the contributions paid to the HPCSA.


The Vision for the Speech, Language and Hearing Professional Board is to be:

A leader in regulating the education, training and practice of the speech, language and hearing professions.

The mission of the Speech, Language and Hearing Professional Board is:



• Develop and monitor regulations and standards for education, training and practice;

• Regulate registrations, professional conduct and training;

• Accredit training programmes;

• Strengthen the monitoring of CPD compliance;

• Improve collaboration with all relevant stakeholders; and

• Promoting the health, development and well-being of the nation.


The strategic objectives of the Board in terms of revised Strategic Plan are as follows:

• Improve stakeholder engagement to promote the Speech, Language and Hearing professions;

• Ensure an efficiently operating and accountable Board;

• Guide, develop and regulate the education and training of the professions; and

• Improve the quality of Professional Best Practice.

The Board reviewed the following regulations and guidelines:

• Amendments of the Regulations relating to the Constitution of the Professional Board;

• Amendments of the Regulations relating to the qualifications for the registration of Speech Therapists, Speech Therapists and Audiologists, Audiologists and Hearing Aid Acousticians;

• Amendments of the Regulations relating to the registration by speech therapists, speech therapists and audiologists, and audiologists of additional qualifications; and

• Development of the Early Hearing Detection and Intervention (EDHI) guidelines.


The Board provided continuous support and monitoring to accredited training institutions in speech therapy and audiology. Furthermore, the institutions were assisted in ensuring that the Curricula Review, Evaluation Visits, Re-accreditation, Submission of Clinical Training Hours as well as Demographic Profiles were aligned with the minimum requirements of the Board as outlined in the Speech Therapy and Audiology Regulations.

The Board engaged with the Higher Educational Institutions and reviewed the following documents for the period concerned:




The Professional Board believed that for it to remain relevant, it requires regular engagement with key stakeholder groups. To this end, in September 2017, the Professional Board published the Board specific newsletter, which was aimed at keeping the practitioners abreast of developments relating to the speech language and hearing professions.

The following stakeholder engagements took place for the period under review:

Stakeholder Engagement Date engagement held

Stakeholder meeting with Universities

20 April 2017

Training of Evaluators 29 May 2017

Inter - University Meeting 21 August 2017

National Forum Meeting 07- 09 November 2017

The International Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems, Tenth revision (ICD-10) Standards and Guidelines meeting

14 March 2018

2017/18 HIGHER EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS RELATED MATTERS

Activity Number of Institutions

Curriculum Review 2

Evaluation Visits 3

Re-accreditations 0

Demographic Profiles 6

Clinical Hours 6

Professional Board Activities Number of activities

Board Meetings 3

Board Strategic Workshop 1

Board Training Workshops 1

Education, Training and Registration Committee

3

Board Workgroup Task Team 1

Language and Culture – Speech Therapy & Audiology

2

Total 11


The Board approved the following Professional Board Examination for the reporting period:

BRD CODE REG CODE

2017

- 04

2017

- 05

2017

06

2017

-07

2017

-08

2017

-09

2017

-10

2017

-11

2017

-12

2018

-01

2018

-02

2018

-03 Grand

Total

SLH AU - - - - - - - - 1 - 1

SLH ST - - - 1 - - - - - 1 2

SLH ST&A - - - - - - - - - - - - 0

SLH Total 3



7. HIGHLIGHTS

• In the reporting period, the Professional Board still had two vacancies to be filled by the Minister of Health. To this end, in April 2017, the Board co-opted two professionals to the Committees of Education, Training and Registration and Executive Committee, for the interim period until permanent appointments are made by the Minister.

• The Regulations defining the Scope of the Profession of Speech- Language Therapy were promulgated in December 2017.

• The Board’s Strategic Plan for 2016-2020 was revised in January 2018.

• The Professional Board Stakeholder Engagement Plan 2016-2020 was revised in January 2018.

• The Professional Board nominated two Board Members to form part of the Occupational Therapy, Medical Orthotics Assistive Devices Task Team to provide a list of assistive devices relating to the

Professional Board for Speech, Language and Hearing.

• The Professional Board engaged with the Professional Board for Optometry & Dispensing Opticians and released a combined media statement relating to the Scope Infringement on “hearing assessment” and “fitting of hearing aids” performed by other practitioners” and/or “frontline” staff in optometry/dispensing opticianry practice.

• At its ordinary meeting held in October 2017, the Professional Board deliberated on conducting a contextual analysis with the aim of increasing posts in the profession. To this end, the Board identified key stakeholders i.e. the National Department of Health (NDoH) and the Department of Basic Education, to obtain current and future plans relating to growing the profession

Governance

Part D

128Governance


PART D: GOVERNANCE

1. INTRODUCTION

Corporate governance is a system of rules, practices and processes by which the HPCSA is directed and controlled and held to account.

In addition to the legislative requirements based on enabling legislation, corporate governance at the HPCSA is applied through the precepts of the Health Professions Act and is run in tandem with the principles contained in the King Codes on Corporate Governance.

2. THE EXECUTIVE AUTHORITY

The HPCSA’s accounting authority (Council) accounts to the National Minister of Health as its Executive Authority who, in turn, accounts to Parliament and the Parliamentary Portfolio Committee on Health.

In terms of Section 3 (p) of the enabling legislation, the HPCSA has to submit to the Minister –

I. a five-year strategic plan within six months of Council coming into office, which includes details as to how Council plans to fulfil its objectives under this Act;

II. every six months, a report on the status of health professions and on matters of public importance that have come to the attention of the Council in the course of the performance of its functions under this Act; and

III. an annual report within six months of the end of the financial year.

In the period under review, the above stated information was submitted to the Minister.

3. THE ACCOUNTING AUTHORITY/ COUNCIL

The Health Professions Act requires that the Council Members exercise the duty of utmost care to ensure reasonable protection of the assets and records of the HPCSA. They must act with fidelity, honesty, integrity and in the best interests of the HPCSA in managing its financial affairs. Council Members must disclose on request from the National Department of Health all material facts, including those reasonably discoverable, which, in any way, may influence the decisions or actions of the Department.

The role of the Council is as follows:

• The Council is ultimately accountable and responsible for the performance and affairs of the HPCSA and the Council has responsibility in the following areas:

• Strategic Role;

• Determination of Policy and Procedures and Levels of Materiality to ensure the Integrity of the HPCSA’s Risk Management and Internal Controls;

• Monitoring of Operational Performance and Management;

• Chairperson / Council Member Orientation and Induction; and

• Conflict of Interest and Independence.



COUNCIL STRUCTURES ACRONYM

Council COUNCIL

Council Management Commiittee MANCO

Executive Committee EXCO

Audit And Risk Management ARCOM

Finance And Investment Committee FINCOM

Tender Committee TENDER

Property Committee PROPCOM

Human Resources And Renumeration Committee REMCO

ICT Steering Committee ICT COM

Pension And Provdent Fund Committee PPFCOM

Human Rights, Ethics And Professional Practice Committee HRP

Business Practice Committee BPC

Professional Conduct Review Committee PCR

Continuing Professional Development Committee CPD

Education, Training And Quality Assurance Committee ETQA

Health Committee (Section 51) HEALTH

Note: Designations of all Council Members are depicted on pages 130 and 131 of this Annual Report

4. COUNCIL CHARTER

The Council Charter is in accordance to the Health Professions Act and runs in tandem with the principles contained in the King III and King IV Codes on Corporate Governance. Compliance to the Charter is handled effectively and transparently.

5. COMPOSITION

In terms of Regulation 10 (1)(a) 2 of the Regulations relating to the establishment, objects, functions and powers of the Health Professions Council

of South Africa, Council may, from time to time, establish committees to assist in the execution of its responsibilities. The table in the next pages reflects committees established by Council.

During the year under review, the Registrar and Executive Management attended and participated in the meetings of Council and its

Committees

130Governance


Dr. T.K.S. LetlapePresident

Chairperson of the Medical and Dental Professions

Ms D.J. Sebidi

Chairperson of the Environmental Health Practitioners Board

Ms. N.D. Dantile

Chairperson of the Physiotherapy, Podiatry and

Biokinetics Board

Mrs D. Mahlbauer

Emergency Care

Mr. L.A. MalotanaVice President

Chairperson of the Emergency Care Board

Mr. M.A.W. Louw

Chairperson of the Medical Technology Board

Prof. B.J. Pillay

Chairperson of the Psychology Board

Mr S. Sobuwa

Emergency Care

Dr T.A. Muslim

Chairperson of the Dental Assisting, Dental Therapy and

Oral Hygiene Board

Prof. S. Hanekom

Chairperson of the Dietetics and Nutrition Board

Ms. M.S. van Niekerk

Chairperson of the Occupational Therapy, Medical Orthortics and Prosteitcs and Arts Therapy Board

Mr. M. Kobe

Chairperson of the Optometry and Dispensing Opticians Board

Mr. A. Speelman

Chairperson of the Radiography and Clinical Technology Board

Dr. S. Balton

Chairperson of the Speech, Language and Hearing

Professions Board

Prof. Y.I. Osman

Medical and Dental

Dr. R.L. Morar

Medical and Dental

HPCSA COUNCIL



Ms. X. Bacela

Community Representative not registered in terms of the Act

Adv. T. Mafafo


Dr. A. Lucen


Prof. K. Mfenyana

Persons appointed by Universities South Africa (Higher Education

South Africa) now Universities South Africa (USAF)

Mr. K.O. Tsekeli


Prof. N.J. Mekwa


Ms. J. Skene

Department of Higher Education and Training

Prof. N. Gwele



Ms. R.M. Gontsana


Ms. J.M. Nare


Ms. M.M. Isaacs


Ms. M. Mothapo


Dr. A. Thulare

Department of Health

Mr. S. Ramasala

Person versed in law

Prof. G.J. van Zyl



Major GeneralZ. Dabula

South African Military Services

132Governance


6. COUNCIL AND COUNCIL COMMITTEE MEETINGS

HEALTH PROFESSIONS COUNCIL OF SOUTH AFRICA

NAME DESIGNATION TOTAL

11 OF 11

Dr TKS Letlape President 11 OF 11

Mr LA Malotana Vice President 8 OF 11

Ms X Bacela Member 10 OF 11

Dr S Balton Member 11 OF 11

Major General ZWS Dabula Member 4 OF 11

Ms ND Dantile Member 10 OF 11

Ms RM Gontsana Member 9 OF 11

Prof N Gwele Member 4 OF 11

Prof SM Hanekom Member 9 OF 11

Mrs MM Isaacs Member 4 OF 11

Mr M Kobe Member 11 OF 11

Mr MAW Louw Member 9 OF 11

Dr A Lucen Member 5 OF 11

Adv T Mafafo Member 6 OF 11

Prof NJ Mekwa Member 11 OF 11

Prof K Mfenyana Member 9 OF 11

Dr RL Morar Member 7 OF 11

Ms MS Mothapo Member 9 OF 11

Ms D Muhlbauer Member 6 OF 11

Dr TA Muslim Member 9 OF 11

Ms JM Nare Member 5 OF 11

Prof YI Osman Member 9 OF 11

Prof BJ Pillay Member 9 OF 11

Mr S Ramasala Member 9 OF 11

Ms DJ Sebidi Member 11 OF 11

Mr S Sobuwa Member 10 OF 11

Mr A Speelman Member 8 OF 11

Dr A Thulare Member 9 OF 11

Mr KO Tsekeli Member 10 OF 11

Mrs MS Van Niekerk Member 9 OF 11

Prof GJ Van Zyl Member 7 OF 11

Ms B Shongwe ARCOM Chair 6 OF 11



FINANCE AND INVESTMENT COMMITTEE OF COUNCIL


5 OF 5

Mrs M M Isaacs Chairperson 3 OF 5

Dr T A Muslim Member 4 OF 5

Mr Ramasala Member 4 OF 5

Ms R J Ganda Member 1 OF 5

Mr Gerreira Member 5 OF 5

ICT COMMITTEE OF COUNCIL


3 OF 3

Mr S Sobuwa Chairperson 3 OF 3

Ms D Sebidi Member 2 OF 3

Mr K Tsekeli Member 2 OF 3

Mr J Segole Member 2 OF 3

Mr P Nkukwana Member 2 OF 3

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF COUNCIL


6 OF 6

Dr TKS Letlape Chairperson 6 OF 6

Mr LA Malotana Member 4 OF 6

Dr AM Thulare Member 5 OF 6

Ms MM Isaacs Member 2 OF 6




Dr TA Muslim Member 5 OF 6



MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE OF COUNCIL


1 OF 1

Dr TKS Letlape Chairperson 1 OF 1

Mr LA Malotana Member 1 OF 1

Dr AM Thulare Member 1 OF 1


134Governance


HEALTH COMMITTEE OF COUNCIL


5 OF 5

Mrs M Van Niekerk Chairperson 5 OF 5

Dr GP Grobler Member 4 OF 5

Ms B Pule Member 5 OF 5

Prof S Rataemane Member 3 OF 5

Dr CAN Ngobese Member 5 OF 5

Dr TP Moloi Member 5 OF 5

PENSION AND PROVIDENT FUND COMMITTEE OF COUNCIL


3 OF 3

Dr T A Muslim Member 3 OF 3


Ms M De Graaff Principal Officer/ Sanlam 2 OF 3

Mr V Masango Member 3 OF 3

Ms A Bloemstein Member 0 OF 3

Mr C Ckuna Member 1 OF 3

Mr P Pule Senior Manager: HR 2 OF 3

EDUCATION, TRAINING AND QUALITY ASSURANCE COMMITTEE OF COUNCIL


3 OF 3

Prof K Mfenyana Chairperson 3 OF 3

Mr S Ntuli Member 3 OF 3

Prof L van Niekerk Member 1 OF 3

Mrs D Muhlbauer Member 0 OF 3

Dr B Shongwe Member 3 OF 3

Ms J Mthombeni Member 1 OF 3

Ms F Segooa Member 3 OF 3

Mr C Qoto Member 3 OF 3

Dr P Brijlal Member 0 OF 3

Prof B Luke Member 3 OF 3

Ms V Mbhatsani Member 3 OF 3

Prof T Mashego Member 2 OF 3

Prof K Khoza-Shangase Member 3 OF 3


Dr TKS Letlape Member 1 OF 3



BUSINESS PRACTICE COMMITTEE OF COUNCIL


5 OF 5

Mr M Kobe Chairperson 4 OF 5





HUMAN RESOURCES & REMUNERATION COMMITTEE OF COUNCIL


5 OF 5

Mr LA Malotana Chairperson 4 OF 5



Mr W Kuperus Member 4 OF 5

Ms RM Gontsana Member 5 OF 5


PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT REVIEW COMMITTEE OF COUNCIL


4 OF 4

Prof K Mfenyana Chairperson 4 OF 4





Ms D Muhlbauer Member 3 OF 4

AUDIT AND RISK MANAGEMENT COMMITEE OF COUNCIL


5 OF 5

Ms B Shongwe Chairperson 5 OF 5

Prof G van Zyl Member 4 OF 5

Dr R L Morar Member 2 OF 5

Adv S Gugwini - Peter Member 2 OF 5

Mr S Ngwenya Member 4 OF 5

Mr S Nyangintsimbi Member 1 OF 5

Ms R Khwela Member 1 OF 5

Mr D McCarthy Member 1 OF 5

136Governance


CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT


3 OF 3

Dr TA Muslim Chairperson 3 OF 3

Dr S Balton Member 3 OF 3

Ms M Baruth Member 3 OF 3

Dr T Fish Member 1 OF 3

Prof T Guse Member 1 OF 3

Ms HE Koornhof Member 3 OF 3

Dr SS Maharaj Member 3 OF 3

Mr S Mdletshe Member 3 OF 3

Dr J Oosthuysen Member 3 OF 3

Ms A Pinto-Prins Member 3 OF 3

Mr C Qoto Member 2 OF 3


Mr V Voorendyk Member 3 OF 3

Prof ME Parker Member 3 OF 3

Dr TKS Letlape Ex-Officio Member 1 OF 3

HUMAN RIGHTS, ETHICS AND PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE COMMITTEE OF COUNCIL


4 OF 4

Dr S Balton Chairperson 4 OF 4

Prof Ngwele Member 4 OF 4


Prof N J Mekwa Member 4 OF 4

Prof B Pillay Member 3 OF 4

Prof S Hanekom Member 4 OF 4

Dr N Tsotsi Member 3 OF 4

Prof D McQuiod-Mason Member 3 OF 4


Tender Committee


5 OF 5

Mr A Speelman Chairperson 5 OF 5

Ms J M Nare Member 4 OF 5


Ms B I Nzotta Member 4 OF 5

Mr K Tsekeli Member 4 OF 5




Property Committee


2 OF 2

Ms J M Nare Chairperson 2 OF 2



Ms M S Van Niekerk Member 2 OF 2

Vacant Member 0 OF 2

INTER BOARD FORUM


1 OF 1

Dr T Muslim Chairperson 1 OF 1

Mrs N Swart Member 1 OF 1

Prof S M Hanekom Member 1 OF 1

Prof E C Swart Member 1 OF 1

Mr L A Malotona Member 0 OF 1

Mrs D Muhlbauer Member 1 OF 1

Ms D Sebidi Member 1 OF 1

Mr J Shikwambane Member 1 OF 1

Dr T K S Letlape Member 1 OF 1

Dr R Morar Member 0 OF 1

Mr M A Louw Member 1 OF 1

Mr N Nthunya Member 1 OF 1


Ms M Schmidt Member 1 OF 1

Mr M R Kobe Member 1 OF 1

Ms P von Poser Member 1 OF 1

Mrs N D Dantile Member 1 OF 1

Dr M Wiechers-Unger Member 1 OF 1

Prof B J Pillay Member 1 OF 1

Prof D J F Maree Member 1 OF 1


Mr R Engelbrencht Member 1 OF 1

Dr Balton Member 1 OF 1

Prof Khoza-Shangase Member 1 OF 1

138Governance


7. RISK MANAGEMENT

Council approved the Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Policy Framework that addresses the structures, processes and standards implemented to manage risks for the HPCSA, ranging from strategic risk management, operational risk management, IT risk management, compliance risk management, fraud risk management, financial risk management, internal audit systems and a range of other line management interventions.

The policy framework further addresses specific responsibilities and accountabilities for the ERM process and the reporting of risks and incidences at various levels within the HPCSA, ensuring thorough and transparent governance processes.

For compliance risk management, Council approved the Compliance Risk Management Framework that addresses the HPCSA Regulatory Universe (RU), processes, roles and responsibilities regarding compliance risk management. The Compliance function is centralised in the Risk Management Office. The HPCSA had originally planned to appoint a dedicated Compliance Officer in the current period; however, this appointment was put on hold due to the business processes re-engineering project that is underway. The appointment will take place during the 2018/19 financial year.

Operational risks are associated with losses resulting from breakdowns in internal processes, procedures, people and systems. They include fraud and financial misconduct, as well as risks pertaining to legal, human resources and information and communication technology. This risk category is managed through a system of internal controls, based on approved policies and procedures for initiation, verification and reconciliation of transactions, and adequate segregation of duties and delegated authorities.

7.1 Governance of Risk

The Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Policy Framework delegated the responsibility of overseeing the management of the HPCSA’s risks to the Audit and Risk Committee (ARCOM) of Council. ARCOM’s role is to ensure that the approved risk management policies and

processes are embedded across the HPCSA and implemented by Management.

ARCOM also assist Council in discharging its duty to ensure that HPCSA maintains adequate accounting records, internal controls and systems to provide reasonable assurance on the integrity and reliability of financial information and to safeguard its assets. Strategic and operational risks are managed through the ERM Policy Framework, which dictates formal annual strategic, Professional Boards and departmental risk assessments, to ensure that HPCSA has a comprehensive view of its risk exposure.

The Registrar/CEO is the Accounting Officer responsible for ensuring that the HPCSA maintains effective, efficient and transparent systems of financial management, risk management and internal control. The Internal Management Committee (IMC) is the senior management structure that is responsible for identifying, managing and controlling risks inherent to the operations of their various departments. The IMC is also responsible for establishing what the residual risk levels are and areas that need special focus by Management.

8. INTERNAL AUDIT AND AUDIT COMMITTEES

The Internal Audit function is outsourced within the HPCSA. Internal Audit provides assurance regarding the ERM processes and standards from both design and functional perspectives. Internal Audit independently audits the adequacy and effectiveness of the organisation’s risk management, control and governance processes.

The Audit and Risk Management Committee of the Council was established to provide additional assurance on the reliability and integrity of both financial and non-financial activities of Council. This Committee monitors that the internal controls are in place, ensures that effective internal audit is in place and that roles and functions of external and internal audit are sufficiently clarified.

The Committee also provides an objective overview of the operational effectiveness of Council’s internal controls, risk management, governance and reporting and monitors the



process of addressing significant matters that might impact on internal controls arising out of the internal and external audit reports.

2017/18 Risk Management Key Focus Areas and Achievements

Strategic Objective Objective Statements (Activities)

To establish HPCSA wide risk awareness culture of identifying, quantifying, managing and reporting of risks at all levels of the organisation.

Development of a risk appetite framework that includes multiple HPCSA’s strategic key risk indicators.

To establish and develop fraud risk management policy and strategy that include a fraud prevention plan and track progress on its performance.

Development of fraud prevention policy, strategy and fraud response plan.

To review and roll out a Business Continuity framework across the HPCSA.

Undertaking a business continuity assessment and review (BIA).

Development and implementation of business continuity policy framework.

In the year under review, the organisation designed Council-wide performance dashboards and KPIs that incorporate strategic, tactical and operational performance elements to measure and evaluate how well the organisation is performing in meeting its performance priorities. In the next financial year, the HPCSA will finalise the development of the risk appetite framework that includes the HPCSA’s multiple strategic key risk indicators.

In the area of business continuity, the HPCSA conducted both IT recoverability risk assessment and business impact analysis. This strategic objective was not well executed as planned. As a result, the development and implementation of the business continuity policy framework and rolling out business across within the HPCSA will be completed during the 2018/19 financial year.

In the year under review, the strategic risk assessment was undertaken for the HPCSA, as well as for the Professional Boards. Risk awareness training workshops were conducted for all employees.

9. 2017/18 KEY RISKS FACING THE ORGANISATION

The risks facing the organisation and mitigating strategies are outlined below:

Risk Mitigating Strategies

Compliance

Negative impact on the HPCSA’s reputation emanating from non-compliance with applicable laws and/or regulations.

• Compliance Management Policy Framework.

• Development of compliance risk management plans for applicable legislations.

• Ongoing compliance monitoring.

Strategic

Misalignment between IT strategy and the HPCSA strategy negatively impacting on HPCSA’s ability to deliver on its mandate).

• IT Governance Framework.

• IT Road Map.

• IT Steering Committee of Council.

Strategic

Insufficient capabilities to implement Council’s strategy.

• Recruitment process.

• Training and development planning.

• IT infrastructure and systems.

• New organisational structure as a result of the Business process re-engineering project during 2017/18 FY.

140Governance


Risk Mitigating Strategies

Strategic

Lack of role clarification (Council, Professional Boards & Secretariat).

• Charter for Councillors.

• Delegation of Authority Framework.

• Rules and regulations.

• Terms of reference for established committees.

Strategic

Ultra-vires acts and inconsistent decisions making (Board and Council).

• Ongoing Professional Boards Training workshops.

• Governance structures meeting are attended by internal legal advisors.

• All agenda items which are legal in nature that are going to be discussed in a governance structure meeting are researched and advised before the meeting take place.

Strategic

Misaligned legislation, regulations, rules, policies and procedures to national health imperatives.

• Ensuring compliance with the Health Professions Act 56 of 1974.

• Ongoing development, reviews or rules and regulations.

Strategic

The absence of a stakeholder engagement strategy and plan resulting to HPCSA image and reputational damage.

• Communication framework and strategy.

• Draft stakeholder engagement strategy and plan.

Strategic Project

Turnaround project budget overrun.

• Fixed cost contract and not on time basis signed with service provider.

• Cash flow projections in place over the contract period.

• Cost allocated to each deliverable.

Operational

Unethical behaviour by employees leading to employees getting involved into acts of committing fraud, theft and/or corruption.

• Fraud prevention policy, strategy and response plan.

• Internal audit.

• Delegation of Authority.

• Ethics Code of conduct policy.

• Segregation of duties.

• Supply Chain Management Policy.

• Gift policy.

• Conflict of interest policy.

10. FRAUD AND CORRUPTION

In the reporting period, the Fraud Prevention Policy, which included the Fraud Strategy and Response Plan, was approved by the HPCSA as part of implementing the HPCSA ERM Policy Framework, to ensure that the HPCSA’s fraud risks are systematically identified and effectively managed on an ongoing basis.

For the implementation of fraud risk management process, the HPCSA established a Fraud and Corruption Hotline to report all suspected instances of fraudulent acts or irregularities. The Fraud Response Plan addressed strategic fraud and corruption risks that could jeopardise the successful implementation of each component

of the Plan.

11. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

In the period under review, the HPCSA continued to ensure compliance with all relevant legislation, policies and procedures. This was done through the following:

• Monitoring the compliance within the organisation.

• Providing advice, guidance and training on Contract Management, Health Professions Act and Good Governance.

• Ensuring effective, efficient and economical implementation of



organisational strategies and policies in accordance with relevant legislation and policies.

• Drafting and advising on policies, as well as compiling manuals and procedural guidelines to ensure good governance.

• Providing guidance and advice within the organisation on matters of ethics, good governance, compliance and legal matters in order to promote compliance and good governance.

• Ensuring that all applicable Statutory Registers are in place and updated.

• Reviewing and updating authority Structure and Terms of Reference of the said Structure.

• Communicating key Statutory deadlines timeously to Council, Committees of Council and Management.

• Reviewing and updating the Delegations of Authority of the HPCSA.

• Ensuring the availability of well researched legal opinions and advice.

• Management of litigation by and against the HPCSA through the HPCSA’s Attorneys,

12. MINIMISING CONFLICT OF INTEREST

In the year under review, Council members and Executive continued to declare direct or indirect business interests that they or their families may have in any matter which is relevant to the HPCSA. This declaration extended to the one wherein Council members and officials of the HPCSA, had to make by way of a notice in writing, direct or indirect business interests that he/she or a family member may have in any contract/tender or proposed contract/tender which has been or is to be entered into by the HPCSA or who so becomes interested in any such contract/ tender after it has been entered into. The declaration is signed before every meeting and should any member declare any interest they were recused from the meeting.

13. CODE OF CONDUCT

The HPCSA continued to comply with the following values in the execution of its tasks and official interactions:

• Honesty / Integrity;

• Respect; and

• Professionalism.

14. HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

The HPCSA continues to comply with the regulatory and legislative prescripts for Occupational Health to ensure that it creates a conducive environment for all employees.

In the period under review, the HPCSA successfully conducted the Indoor Air Quality Assessment, inclusive of Formaldehyde and Volatile Organic Compounds after the relocation of employees from the Metroden Building to the rented Nedbank building. This was done to determine compliance with South African’s Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act 85 of 1993), Hazardous Chemical Substances Regulations of 1995 and the Environmental Regulations for Workplaces of 1987.

Subsequent to the findings, the door louvres were installed in all the doors to increase air circulation inside the building to improve the health and well-being of employees housed in the building.

In the current financial period, the HPCSA, established the Health and Safety Committee and delegated management representative to the OHS Committee. This is demonstration and commitment by the HPCSA to the health and safety issues in the organisation. The Health and Safety Committee met on a quarterly basis.

142Governance


15. COUNCIL SECRETARIAT

Council Secretariat continued to ensure compliance and good Corporate Governance throughout the HPCSA by providing legal guidance and support to the Council, Management and employees to enable them to discharge their fiduciary and other responsibilities effectively.

In the reporting period, Council Secretariat provided support to 31 meetings of the full Council and its committees, as shown on page to page of this report.

16. SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

Corporate social responsibility (CSR) is a broad concept describing how organisations embark of initiatives to improve society in some way. In the HPCSA environment, stakeholders are looking for more than just excellent service provided by Council. The King IV Report impressed on Council to also prioritise corporate social responsibility and holding the HPCSA accountable for effecting social change with its business practice.

While the tenets of social responsibility are grounded in tangible operations, such as ethical workplace practices, organisations are now demanded to also share their intangible values - such as what they stand for. The HPCSA operates in a healthcare environment and as such had prioritised programmes that promote healthy living and healthy lifestyles.

To this end, the HPCSA, once again, heeded the call and donated sanitary pads to girls from disadvantaged backgrounds to two (2) schools, namely Boitshepo and Amogelang Secondary Schools in Soshanguve, north of Pretoria. It was reported that many young girls in South Africa were forced to stay away from school during their menstruation as they were unable to afford sanitary pads. The HPCSA donation gave the young girls from these two township schools an opportunity to be free to participate in their daily activities without shame or embarrassment from the confidence provided by the proper sanitary pads.

The HPCSA also participated in the International Nelson Mandela Day, wherein Council identified two primary schools in Ga-Rankuwa and Soshanguve respectively for the vegetable garden projects. The vegetable garden project was planned as an annual intervention where the HPCSA donated vegetable seeds and implements to the schools. To ensure continuity, the HPCSA will then identify two more schools per annum for the donation, whilst continuing with maintenance and further donations to the previously sponsored schools. The aim is to ultimately cover a sizable number of schools in the capital city, but also ensuring that the project remains sustainable. The vegetable gardens assisted the schools’ nutrition programme and the rest was donated to the surrounding communities in those areas.

Human ResourceManagement

Part E

144Human Resource Management


1. INTRODUCTION

Several resource considerations were made to ensure that the HPCSA is capacitated adequately to implement the 2016/17 – 2020/21 Strategic Plan. These considerations included financial, human resources, as well as processes and systems considerations.

To successfully implement the strategy, the HPCSA had to ensure that the organisational structure supports the strategy in respect to considerations of reporting lines, delegation of authority and capacitation to execute. The changes that were effected to expedite and execute the HPCSA strategy as well as the changes to enhance organisational effectiveness and efficiency, include, but are not limited to:

• Structuring of the HPCSA to support the core functions i.e. the functioning of the Professional Boards; and

• Clearly defined roles and responsibilities and accountability framework for executing core functions.

The key and critical positions have been identified and the process of filling of positions is underway. The Recruitment and Selection Policy is being amended to incorporate internal promotions and transfers. This will ensure that readily available skills are effectively utilised.

1.1 Pension and Provident Fund

In the 2017/18 reporting period, the Committee received approval from the Financial Services Board (FSB) for the HPCSA Pension Fund to distribute all the surplus to both active and past members. The benefit known as the “Agterskot’ was thus duly distributed.

The Committee also concluded the processing of the surplus and the “Agterskot”. Moreover, the Committee finalised the Section 14 transfer of member share of Fund from the HPCSA Pension Fund into the NMG Umbrella Pension Fund. The transfer of assets was finalised on the 30th of September 2017.

1.2 Employee Performance Management Framework

Organisational success at any company is dependent on the effectiveness of Performance Management. The HPCSA develops Departmental Operational Plans, which are linked to the Strategic Goals of the organisation. The HPCSA‘s Performance Management Model also includes Risk Management with the goal of mitigating identified risks.

The Performance Management and Development System is based on the SMART principle of Performance Management and quarterly assessments. All employees at the HPCSA are thus contracted annually and their performance contracts comprise of three elements: Individual portfolio (Job Descriptions) related duties, annual operational plans and risk management.

The HPCSA aims to build a high performance culture by providing clarity to its employees with regards to operational and strategic goals, continuous performance assessments and recognition of exceptional achievements.

1.3 Employee Wellness Programmes

Employers should be concerned with the health of their employees. The HPCSA is no exception. Healthy, happy employees typically generate higher levels of productivity and business success compared to unhealthy employees. This is one of the reasons that the HPCSA has embarked on the Employee Wellness Programmes in the last few years. To this end, the HPCSA appointed an external service provider CAREWAYS to render a 24- hour professional employee wellness assistance service to employees and their immediate family members.

The CAREWAYS Employee Wellness Programme had an engagement rate of 18.11% whereby 38 individual cases and 12 group intervention participants were attended to. The number of individual cases attended to were seventy (70) and services provided to 54 cases. Six employees were referred to the Occupational Therapist for functional evaluation capacity assessment.



In the reporting period, two Wellness Screening events aimed at all HPCSA employees were arranged in partnership with Discovery Health. The Sports Committee was re-established and the three sporting codes – soccer, netball and athletics - participated in the different activities relevant to each. The Soccer sporting code participated in various corporate friendly matches, including the Diski 2nd Men’s Tournament at which they received 2nd position.

Four athletics events – namely, Spar Women’s Race, Sunnypark Race, BestMed Race and MTN Walk the Talk Race were co-ordinated by the EAP Office and were attended by 266 employees in total. The Netball Team was registered for the LINCA Netball Tournament, an Annual All-season Tournament organised by the City of Tshwane Metro aimed at promoting physical wellness and promoting social network in corporate companies. It commenced during the last quarter of the financial year under review and will continue into the next financial year.

1.4 Policy Development

The following policies were adopted at the Bargaining Forum following consultation:

• IT Tools of Trade Policy;

• Sport & Recreation Policy;

• Recoverable on Termination Policy; and

• Non-Executive Director (NED) Policy.

The Acting Responsibilities Allowance Policy was last reviewed in February 2009. At the same time, EXCO of Council subsequently issued two

resolutions on 26 February 2009 which were not incorporated into the Policy Document. To address this administrative oversight and a related internal audit finding, during this reporting period, the policy was updated in alignment with the two resolutions, namely:

a) All employees who are appointed to act in a higher position will be paid an acting allowance, including managerial employees.

b) The term for acting and added responsibility appointments will not exceed (6) six months.

The updated policy has been uploaded and can be accessed on the HR Share Point. The mandatory review of the Policy is currently underway at the relevant structures.

1.5 Human Resources priorities

The HR priorities for the year under review included the revision of HR Policies that will assist with most of the HRM related challenges, and the implementation of the new organisational structure.

1.6 Challenges faced by the HPCSA on HR matters

• Addressing salary disparities for employees on the same level.

• The moratorium placed on the filling of available vacancies due to the Business Process Re-engineering (BPR) project and implementation of the new organisational structure. This has led to a situation where some employees are “overworked” and certain functions cannot be executed timeously.

• There has been an increase in grievances and complaints lodged by organised labour.

1.7 Future Human Resources Plans /Goals

• The filling of the Registrar/CEO position and other critical positions.

• The implementation of the new organisational structure.

• The review and implementation of all



Human Resource Policies.

• Improvement of labour relations.

• Capacitating management to deal effectively with people-related issues so as to minimise any potential conflict between managers and employees.

• The HR Department also aims to become Strategic Business Partners and Change Agents to the HPCSA.

2. HUMAN RESOURCE OVERSIGHT STATISTICS

2.1 Personnel cost by salary band

Level Personnel Expenditure (R’000)

Number of Employees Average Personnel Cost Per Employee (R’000)

Top Management 8 627 364,17 5 1 725 472,83

Senior Management 7 222 820,95 6 1 203 803,49

Professional Qualified 25 121 707,02 28 966 219,50

Skilled 45 891 101,86 80 573 638,77

Semi-Skilled 48 378 974,92 131 369 305,15

Unskilled 1 665 683,85 7 237 954,84

136 907 652,77 255

2.2 Performance Rewards

Performance Rewards are awarded as per the Performance Management Policy. During the period under review, the HPCSA awarded performance bonuses to exceptional performers as follows.

Programme/Activity/Objective

Performance Rewards Personnel Expenditure (R’000)

% of Performance Rewards to Total

Personnel Costs(R’000)

Top Management 0- A Rating and 4-B Rating 770 950,40 0,56

Senior Management 0- A Rating and 3-B Rating 246 221,33 0,18

Professional Qualified 3- A Rating and 15-B Rating 1 547 309,67 1,13

Skilled 16- A Rating and 37-B Rating 1 858 626,38 1,36

Semi-Skilled 42- A Rating and 63- B Rating 2 220 150,38 1,62

Unskilled 5- A Rating and 2- B Rating 99 674,29 0,07

6 742 932,45 4,93

2.3 Training Costs

The HPCSA encourages progressive personal development through investment in training and development.

Ongoing training and development is crucial to any organisation as such a learning culture keeps



employees and their skillsets relevant. The impact thereof is greater organisational outputs, greater staff self-confidence, lower attrition rates and higher retention of staff. The benefits of training employees at HPCSA included:

• Keeping up with industry changes;

• Being in touch with all the latest technology developments;

• Staying ahead of competitors;

• Addressing skill gaps of the HPCSA workforce;

• Maintaining and advancing employees knowledge and skills;

• Increasing job satisfaction levels and internal opportunities; and

• Attracting new talent.

The HPCSA spent an amount of R 764 602 on various training programmes in the period under review.

2.4 Employment and Vacancies

2.4.1 Recruitment

Table below outline the Recruitment for period 01 April 2017 to 31 March 2018:

Occupational Level Male Female Foreign Nationals

Total

A C I W A C I W Male Female

Top Management (E1 - F) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Senior Management (D4 -D5) 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2

Experienced Specialists and

Mid-management (D2 -D3)

2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 3

Junior management and

supervisors (C2 - D1)

1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 2

Semi-skilled and discretionary

decision making (B3 - C1)

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Unskilled and defined

decision making (A - B2)

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total Permanent 5 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 7

Employee with Disability 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Grand Total 5 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 7

Recruitment was held in abeyance due to the Business Process Re-engineering (BPR) exercise and the subsequent implementation of the new organisational structure.

This process excludes those critical roles and contingency appointments that non-filling thereof would have impacted negatively on day to day functioning of Council.



2.4.2 Vacancies

Table below outlines the total number of Vacancies for period 01 April 2017 to 31 March 2018

Occupational level Headcount at end of

2016-17

Headcount at end of 2017 -18

Approved Posts2017-18

Vacancies 2017-18

Filled 2017-18

Top Management 4 5 7 2 0

Senior Management 5 6 9 3 2

Professional qualified 25 28 30 2 3

Skilled 81 80 84 4 2

Semi-skilled 132 131 135 4 0

Unskilled 8 7 7 0 0

TOTAL 255 257 272 15 7

A moratorium on the filing of vacancies decided upon by Council led to many of the vacant positions not being filled. This was to ensure the implementation of the new organisational structure and effective migration of employees into the new structure.

The total headcount includes new employees appointed during the year under review.

The last column indicates appointments that were made at different occupational levels during the year under review.

2.4.3 EQUITY TARGET AND EMPLOYMENT EQUITY STATUS

Employment Equity (EE) Report as at 31 March 2018.

The EE report includes temporary and fixed-term contract employees who have been in the employ of HPCSA for more than three (3) months.

LEVELS MALE

African Coloured Indian White

Current Target Current Target Current Target Current Target

Top Management 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Senior Management 5 0 0 1 0 1 0 1

Professional qualified 15 0 1 0 1 2 1 2

Skilled 21 8 3 2 0 2 0 2

Semi-skilled 32 9 3 2 1 3 0 2

Unskilled 4 0 0 1 0 1 0 1

TOTAL 79 17 7 6 2 9 1 8



LEVELS FEMALE

AFRICAN COLOURED INDIAN WHITE

Current Target Current Target Current Target Current Target

Top Management 2 1 0 1 0 1 1 1

Senior Management 1 2 0 1 0 1 0 1

Professional qualified 7 2 0 1 1 1 2 0

Skilled 48 0 2 1 3 2 3 2

Semi-skilled 77 0 12 0 2 3 4 1

Unskilled 3 0 0 1 0 1 0 1

TOTAL 138 5 14 5 6 9 10 6

LEVELS DISABLED STAFF

Male Female

Current Target Current Target

Top Management 0 Not Applicable 0 Not Applicable

Senior Management 0 1 0 1

Professional qualified 1 1 0 2

Skilled 1 1 1 1

Semi-skilled 0 2 0 2

Unskilled 0 1 1 0

TOTAL 2 6 2 6

2.5 Employment Changes

Occupational Level Employment at

the Beginning of

Period

Appointments Terminations Employment at

the End of the

Period

Top Management (E1 -F) 4 0 0 5

Senior Management(D4-D5) 5 2 0 6

Professional qualified(D2-D3) 25 3 2 28

Skilled (C2- D1) 81 2 1 80

Semi-skilled(B3-C1) 132 0 1 131

Unskilled (A- B2) 8 0 1 7

TOTAL 255 7 5 257

*Some of the figures under the “Employment at the End of the Period” coulumn are not necessarily tallying due to movement of some employees from where they were at the beginning of the period impacting on the totals at the end of the period. Reasons for such movements include internal appointment, the grading exercise, etc.



2.6 Reasons for Staff Leaving

The table below shows the number of employees who have left the employ within the HPCSA during the period under review as well as the reasons thereof.

Reason Number % of Total No. Of Staff Leaving

Death 0 0

Resignation 2 0.7

Dismissal 1 0.3

Retirement 1 0,3

Ill Health 1 0,3

Expiry of Contract 0 0

Other 0 0

5 2%

*Resignations by the two employees were due to career growth and better career prospects.

2.7 Labour Relations: Misconduct and Disciplinary Action

NATURE OF DISCIPLINARY ACTION NUMBER

Verbal Warning 0

Written Warning 1

Final Written Warning 4

Dismissal 1

*One employee was dismissed due to gross insubordination.

2.8 Bargaining Forum

The HPCSA has a Bargaining Forum which was established in terms of the Recognition Agreement entered into with the National Education, Health and Allied Workers Union (NEHAWU). The forum held seven (7) monthly meetings to deal with matters of mutual interest, including annual salary negotiations. In the reporting period, the parties to the Bargaining Forum did not engage in salary negotiations due to the implementation of a three (3) year multi-term agreement which is still in effect.

2.9 Transformation Task Team (TTT)

In light of the continuing BPR Project, in March 2018, the HPCSA and the National Education, Health and Allied Workers Union (NEHAWU) concluded the BPR Engagement Accord which established the Transformation Task Team. Through the Transformation Task Team, the HPCSA and NEHAWU committed to a process of transparent and meaningful engagement on issues related to the Business Process Re-engineering Project (BPR) Project as they impact on employees.

Financial Information

Part F

152Financial Information


Annual Financial Statementsfor the year ended 31 March 2018



General InformationCountry of incorporation and domicile South Africa

Nature of business and principal activities Health Professions Regulator

Council members Dr TKS Letlape

Mr LA Malotana

Mr S Ramasala

Prof K Mfenyana

Ms MM Isaacs

Mr S Sobuwa

Ms MS van Niekerk

Mr KO Tsekeli

Mr A Speelman

Prof N Gwele

Ms ND Dantile

Dr E van Staden - Resigned 31 May 2017

Ms DJ Sebidi

Dr S Balton

Ms RM Gontsana

Prof SM Hanekom

Mr M Kobe

Mr MAW Louw

Mrs D Muhlbauer

Adv T Mafafo

Prof GJ van Zyl

Prof NJ Mekwa

Dr RL Morar

Ms X Bacela

Dr TA Muslim

Ms JM Nare

Prof YI Osman

Prof BJ Pillay

Dr AM Thulare

Major-General Z Dabula

Dr A Lucen - Appointed 06 July 2017

Ms MMS Mothapo - Appointed 06 July 2017



Registered office 553 Madiba Street

Cnr Hamilton and Madiba Street

Arcadia

0001

Postal address P O Box 205

Pretoria

0001

Website www.hpcsa.co.za

Bankers ABSA Bank Limited

Auditors Morar Incorporated

Chartered Accountants (SA)

Registered Auditor

Secretary Mr Ntsikelelo Sipeka

Preparer The annual financial statements were internally compiled by:

Ms M de Graaff




Index

The reports and statements set out below comprise the annual financial statements presented to the Health Professions Council of South Africa:

Index Page

Audit and Risk Committee Report 156

Auditors Report 159

Councilors’ Report 162

Statement of Financial Position 164

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 165

Statement of Changes in Equity 166

Statement of Cash Flows 167

Accounting Policies 168

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements 178

The following supplementary information does not form part of the annual financial statements and is unaudited:

Detailed Income Statement 195



Audit and Risk Committee Report

1. Members of the Audit and Risk Committee

The members of the Audit and Risk Committee of the Health Professions Council of South Africa comprise of the following independent and non-executive members:

Name Office Designation

Prof GJ van Zyl Chairperson Non-Executive

Dr RL Morar Member Non-Executive

Mr S Ngwenya Member Independent

Mr S Nyangintsimbi ** Member Independent

Mr R Khwela ** Member Independent

Mr D McCarthy ** Member Independent

Ms B Shongwe * Ex Chairperson Independent

Adv S Gugwini-Peter * Ex Member Independent

* - Term ended on 31 March 2018** - Appointed in April 2018

The committee is satisfied its members possess the required skills, knowledge and experience as set out in King IV, principle 3.2 paragraph 5 to 10.

Report of the Audit and Risk Committee is prepared in terms of Health Professions Act 56 of 1974 as amended, section 13. The Audit and Risk Committee has adopted appropriate formal terms of reference which have been approved by Council. ARCOM has performed its responsibilities as set out in the terms of reference. In executing its duties during the reporting period, the Committee has performed the following:

Audit

• Monitored the effectiveness of the scope, plans, budget, coverage, independence, skills, staffing, overall performance and position of the internal audit and compliance functions within the organisation.

• Recommend to Council the appointment of the external auditors.

• Monitored the effectiveness of the external auditors - including their skills, independence, audit plan, budget, reporting, over performance and approved external audit fees.

• Reviewed audit findings and management’s action plans.

• Reviewed whether the work performed by internal audit and by external audit is appropriate.

• Obtained an assessment of the strength and weaknesses of systems, controls and other factors from the auditors and management that might be relevant to the integrity of the financial statements.

• Ensured that the external auditors and internal auditors had direct access to the Audit and Risk Committee and the Chairperson of the Audit and Risk Committee.

Financial

• Reviewed the annual financial statements for proper and complete disclosure of timely, reliable and consistent information.

• Evaluated the appropriateness, adequacy and efficiency of the accounting policies and procedures, compliance with overall accounting standards and any changes thereto.

• Reviewed the annual financial statements before submission to Council for any change in accounting policies and practices,significant areas of judgement, significant audit adjustments, the internal control and going concern statements, the risk management report, the corporate governance report, compliance with accounting and disclosure standards, and compliance with statutory and regulatory requirements.

• Reviewed the recommendations of the external auditor and those of any regulatory authority for significant findings and management’s proposed remedial actions.

• Enquired about the existence and substance of significant acounting accruals, impairments or estimates that could have a material impact on the financial statements.



• Reviewed any pending litigation, contingencies, claims and assessment, and the presentation of such matters in the financial statements.

• Considered qualitative judgements by management on the acceptability and appropriateness of current or proposed accounting principles and disclosures.

• Obtained an analysis from management and the auditors of significant financial reporting issues and practices in a timely manner.

Risk Governance

The Council has assigned the oversite of risk governance to the Audit and Risk Committee. The Committee’s responsibilities regarding risk are identical to that of a separate Risk Committee.

During the reporting period ARCOM:

• Reviewed and recommended to Council for approval the HPCSA Fraud Prevention policy including fraud strategy and response plan.

• Reviewed and recommended to Council for approval the HPCSA investment policy.

• Provided a channel of communication between Council and management and internal and external auditors.

• Received regular reporting from each of the above functions and monitored that issues and concerns raised were resolved by management in a timely manner.

For the year ended 31 March 2018

The Committee’s assessments is that overall control environment of Council needs improvements. The Committee is satisfied that since the previous year of reporting significant progress has been made in improving the internal control environment to prevent, detect and report areas of non-compliance.

Accordingly, the full disclosure requirements of the Health Professions Act 56 of 1974 as amended have been met during the financial year under review. This is supported by the findings from the internal auditors as well as the external auditors. The effectiveness of the aforementioned measures continues to be in a constant state of improvement. The Committee has resolved to ensure that the comprehensive implementation of and adherence to the internal control environment reforms be expedited.

The Committee is satisfied that the annual financial statements are based on appropriate accounting policies, and supported by reasonable and prudent judgements and estimates. The Committee evaluated Council’s annual financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2018 and, based on the information provided therein, believes that the financial statements comply, in all material respects, with the relevant provisions of the Health Professions Act 56 of 1974 and International Financial Reporting Standards.

2. Meetings held by the Audit Committee

The Audit and Risk committee performs the duties laid upon it by Section 94(7) of the Companies Act, 2008 by holding meetings with the key role players on a regular basis and by the unrestricted access granted to the external auditors.



3. Finance Function

We believe that the Finance Department possess the appropriate expertise and experience to meet their responsibility.

4. Discharge of responsibilities

The Committee agrees that the adoption of the going-concern principle is appropriate in preparing the annual financial statements. The Audit and Risk Committee has therefore recommended the adoption of the annual financial statements by Council Members on the 28 September 2018.

The Audit and Risk Committee agreed to the terms of the engagement. The audit fee for the external audit has been considered and approved taking into consideration such factors as the timing of the audit, the extent of the work required and the scope.

5. Annual Financial Statements

Following the review of the annual financial statements the Audit and Risk Committee recommend Council approval thereof.

The committee held 5 scheduled meetings during the financial year ending 31 March 2018.

NameMeeting 1 Meeting 2 Meeting 3 Meeting 4 Meeting 5

Total 08/06/2017 14/09/2017 13/10/2017 17/11/2017 22/02/2018

Prof GJ van Zyl (Chairperson) A/P P P P P 4 of 5

Mr S Ngwenya (Member) P P A/P P P 4 of 4

Mr R Khwela (Member) N/A N/A N/A N/A P 1 of 1

Dr RL Morar (Member) P A/P A/P P A/P 2 of 5

Mr S Nyangintsimbi (Member) N/A N/A N/A N/A P 1 of 1

Mr D McCarthy (Member) N/A N/A N/A N/A P 1 of 1

Ms B Shongwe (Ex Chairperson) P P P P N/M 4 of 4Adv S Gugwini-Peter (Ex Member)

P A/P P A/P N/M 2 of 4

P = Present A/P = Absent with apologyA= Absent N/M = No longer a member N/A = Not yet appointed



3. Councillors

The Council Members in office as at 31 March 2018 are as follows:

Council Members Office Designation

Dr TKS Letlape President Non-executive

Mr LA Malotana Vice President Non-executive

Prof K Mfenyana Member Non-executive

Ms MM Isaacs Member Non-executive

Mr S Sobuwa Member Non-executive

Ms MS van Niekerk Member Non-executive

Mr KO Tsekeli Member Non-executive

Mr A Speelman Member Non-executive

Ms ND Dantile Member Non-executive

Mr S Ramasala Member Non-executive

Ms DJ Sebidi Member Non-executive

Dr S Balton Member Non-executive

Ms RM Gontsana Member Non-executive

Prof SM Hanekom Member Non-executive

Mr M Kobe Member Non-executive

Mr MAW Louw Member Non-executive

Mrs D Muhlbauer Member Non-executive

Adv T Mafafo Member Non-executive

Prof GJ van Zyl Member Non-executive

Ms X Bacela Member Non-executive

Dr RL Morar Member Non-executive

Prof N Gwele Member Non-executive

Prof NJ Mekwa Member Non-executive

Dr TA Muslim Member Non-executive

Ms JM Nare Member Non-executive

Councilors’ ReportThe Council Members have pleasure in submitting their report on the annual financial statements of Health Professions Council of South Africa for the year ended 31 March 2018.

1. Main business and operations

The Health Professions Council of South Africa is a non-profit making statutory body governed by the Health Professions Act No 56 of 1974.The objectives of the Council (as contained in the Act) may be summarised as follows:

(a) To promote the health of the population;

(b) Determine standards of professional education and training; and

(c) Set and maintain excellent standards of ethical and professional practice.

The operating results and state of affairs of the Council are fully set out in the attached annual financial statement.

There have been no material changes to the nature of the Council’s business from the prior year.

2. Review of financial results and activities

The annual financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards and the requirements of the Health Professions Act no 56 of 1974. The accounting policies have been applied consistently.



4. Events after the reporting period

The Council Members are not aware of any material event which occurred after 31 March 2018 and up to the date of this report.

5. Auditors

Morar Incorporated continued in office as auditors for the Council for the financial year ending 31 March 2018.

6. Secretary

The Council secretary is Mr Ntsikelelo Sipeka.

7. Date of authorisation for issue of financial statements

The annual financial statements have been authorised for issue by the Council Members on 28 September 2018. No authority was given to anyone to amend the annual financial statements after the date of issue.

The annual financial statements set out on pages 164 to 194, which have been prepared on the going concern basis, were approved on the 28 September 2018, and were signed on its behalf by:

Approval of financial statements

Dr TKS Letlape28 September 2018

Council Members Office Designation

Prof YI Osman Member Non-executive

Prof BJ Pillay Member Non-executive

Dr AM Thulare Member Non-executive

Major-General Z Dabula Member Non-executive

Dr E van Staden Member Non-executive Resigned 31 May 2017

Dr A Lucen Member Non-executive Appointed 06 July 2017

Ms MMS Mothapo Member Non-executive Appointed 06 July 2017



Statement of Financial Position

Figures in Rand Note(s) 2018 2017 Restated

Assets

Non-Current Assets

Property, plant and equipment 3 29,393,351 28,898,670

Intangible assets 4 9,636,800 3,193,971

Other financial assets 5 1,281,035 1,081,019

40,311,186 33,173,660

Current Assets

Trade and other receivables 7 17,280,474 20,908,191

Cash and cash equivalents 8 321,710,888 335,230,094

338,991,362 356,138,285

Total Assets 379,302,548 389,311,945

Equity and Liabilities

Equity

Revaluation reserve 1,132,830 1,132,830

Fair value adjustment reserve 1,108,516 838,153

Retained income 144,624,584 162,136,930

146,865,930 164,107,913

Liabilities

Non-Current Liabilities

Finance lease liabilities 9 1,356,476 -

Current Liabilities

Finance lease liabilities 9 1,224,919 -

Provisions 10 4,872,507 5,183,102

Trade and other payables 11 17,580,479 25,290,956

Deferred income 12 207,402,237 194,729,974

231,080,142 225,204,032

Total Liabilities 232,436,618 225,204,032

Total Equity and Liabilities 379,302,548 389,311,945



Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income


Revenue 13 234,554,818 212,688,930

Other income 14 23,838,375 19,277,567

Loss on disposal of assets (298,252) (112,701)

Operating expenses (296,833,287) (279,222,998)

Operating loss 15 (38,738,346) (47,369,202)

Investment income 16 21,553,140 22,557,995

Finance costs (327,140) -

Deficit for the year (17,512,346) (24,811,207)

Other comprehensive income:

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:

Gains on property revaluation- 1,132,830

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:

Available-for-sale financial assets adjustments270,363 (17,971)

Other comprehensive income for the year net of taxation 18 270,363 1,114,859

Total comprehensive deficit for the year (17,241,983) (23,696,348)



Statement of Changes in Equity

Figures in Rand Revaluation reserve

Fair value adjustment

assets-available-for -sale reserve

Total reserves Retained income Total equity

Restated Balance at 1 April 2016 - 856,124 856,124 186,948,138 187,804,262

Surplus for the year as previously stated

- - - (25,295,639) (25,295,639)

Prior period error - Depreciation - - - 501,012 501,012

Prior period error - Recoverable charges

- - - (26,835) (26,835)

Prior period error - Accrued Dividends

- - - 10,254 10,254

Other comprehensive income 1,132,830 (17,971) 1,114,859 - 1,114,859

Total comprehensive surplus for the year - Restated 1,132,830 (17,971) 1,114,859 (24,811,208) (23,696,349)

Balance at 1 April 2017 1,132,830 838,153 1,970,983 162,136,930 164,107,913

Deficit for the year - - - (17,512,346) (17,512,346)

Other comprehensive income - 270,363 270,363 - 270,363

Total comprehensive (deficit) / surplus for the year - 270,363 270,363 (17,512,346) (17,241,983)

Balance at 31 March 2018 1,132,830 1,108,516 2,241,346 144,624,584 146,865,930

Note(s) 18 18 26



Statement of Cash Flows

Figures in Rand Note(s) 2018 2017Restated

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash receipts from customers 262,020,910 230,179,301

Cash paid to suppliers and employees (287,835,942) (263,603,189)

Cash generated from (used in) operations 19 (25,815,032) (33,423,888)

Interest income 21,518,737 22,502,639

Dividend income 34,403 55,356


Net cash from operating activities (4,589,032) (10,865,893)

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment 3 (4,225,208) (8,345,042)

Sale of property, plant and equipment 3 98,092 -

Purchase of other intangible assets 4 (7,454,801) (1,732,805)

Net cash from investing activities (11,581,917) (10,077,847)

Cash flows from financing activities

Finance lease payments 2,581,395 -

Proceeds on sale of shares 70,348 -

Net cash from financing activities 2,651,743 -

Total cash movement for the year (13,519,206) (20,943,740)

Cash at the beginning of the year 335,230,094 356,173,834

Total cash at end of the year 8 321,710,888 335,230,094



Presentation of financial statements

The annual financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and the Health Professions Act 56 of 1974. The annual financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, and incorporate the principal accounting policies set out below. They are presented in South Africa Rands.

The annual financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2018 were authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of Council on 28 September 2018.

1. Significant accounting policies

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these annual financial statements are set out below.

1.1 Significant judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty

The preparation of annual financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management, from time to time, to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. These estimates and associated assumptions are based on experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

Trade receivables, Held to maturity investments and Loans and receivables

The Council assesses its trade receivables, held to maturity investments and loans and receivables for impairment at the end of each reporting period. In determining whether an impairment loss should be recorded in profit or loss, the Council makes judgements as to whether there is observable data indicating a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from a financial asset.

Available-for-sale financial assets

The Council follows the guidance of IAS 39 to determine when an available-for-sale financial asset is impaired. This determination requires significant judgment. In making this judgment, the Council evaluates, among other factors, the duration and extent to which the fair value of an investment is less that its cost; and the financial health of and near-term business outlook for the investee, including factors such as industry and sector performance, changes in technology and operational and financing cash flow.

Fair value estimation

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as trading and available-for-sale securities) is based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Council is the current bid price.

Impairment testing

The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units and individual assets have been determined based on the higher of value-in-use calculations and fair values less costs to sell. These calculations require the use of estimates and assumptions.

The Council reviews and tests the carrying value of assets when events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Assets are grouped at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of cash flows of other assets and liabilities. If there are indications that impairment may have occurred, estimates are prepared of expected future cash flows for each group of assets. Expected future cash flows used to determine the value in use of goodwill and tangible assets are inherently uncertain and could materially change over time.

Provisions

Provisions were raised and management determined an estimate based on the information available. Additional disclosure of these estimates of provisions are included in note 10 - Provisions.

Accounting Policies



1.1 Significant judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty (continued)

Prior year comparatives

When the presentation or classification of items in the Annual Financial Statements is amended, prior period comparative amounts are also reclassified and restated, unless such comparative reclassification and / or restatement is not required by a International Financial Reporting Standards. The nature and reason for such reclassifications and restatements are also disclosed.

When material accounting errors, which relate to prior periods, have been identified in the current year, the correction is made retrospectively as far as it is practicable and the prior year comparatives are restated accordingly. Where there has been a change in accounting policy in the current year, the adjustment is made retrospectively as far as is practicable and the prior year comparatives are restated accordingly.

Critical judgements in applying accounting policies

1.2 Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are tangible assets which the Council holds for its own use or for rental to others and which are expected to be used for more than one year.

An item of property, plant and equipment is recognised as an asset when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Council, and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.

Property, plant and equipment is initially measured at cost. Cost includes all of the expenditure which is directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of the asset, including the capitalisation of borrowing costs on qualifying assets and adjustments in respect of hedge accounting, where appropriate.

The initial estimate of the costs of dismantling and removing an item and restoring the site on which it is located is also included in the cost of

property, plant and equipment, where Council is obligated to incur such expenditure, and where the obligation arises as a result of acquiring the asset or using it for purposes other than the production of inventories.

Expenditure incurred subsequently for major services, additions to or replacements of parts of property, plant and equipment are capitalised if it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the expenditure will flow to the Council and the cost can be measured reliably. Day to day servicing costs are included in profit or loss in the year in which they are incurred.

Major inspection costs which are a condition of continuing use of an item of property, plant and equipment and which meet the recognition criteria are included as a replacement in the cost of the item of property, plant and equipment. Any remaining inspection costs from the previous inspection are derecognised.

Major spare parts and stand by equipment which are expected to be used for more than one year are included in property, plant and equipment.

Property, plant and equipment is subsequently stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses, except for land which is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.

Subsequent to initial recognition, property, plant and equipment is measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses, except for land and buildings which are stated at revalued amounts. The revalued amount is the fair value at the date of revaluation less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Property, plant and equipment is subsequently stated at revalued amount, being the fair value at the date of revaluation less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and subsequent accumulated impairment losses.



Accounting Policies

1.2 Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Revaluations are made with sufficient regularity such that the carrying amount does not differ materially from that which would be determined using fair value at the end of the reporting year.

When an item of property, plant and equipment is revalued, the gross carrying amount is adjusted consistently with the revaluation of the carrying amount. The accumulated depreciation at that date is adjusted to equal the difference between the gross carrying amount and the carrying amount after taking into account accumulated impairment losses.

When an item of property, plant and equipment is revalued, any accumulated depreciation at the date of the revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset.

Any increase in an asset’s carrying amount, as a result of a revaluation, is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the revaluation reserve in equity. The increase is recognised in profit or loss to the extent that it reverses a revaluation decrease of the same asset previously recognised in profit or loss.

Any decrease in an asset’s carrying amount, as a result of a revaluation, is recognised in profit or loss in the current year. The decrease is recognised in other comprehensive income to the extent of any credit balance existing in the revaluation reserve in respect of that asset. The decrease recognised in other comprehensive income reduces the amount accumulated in the revaluation reserve in equity.

The revaluation reserve related to a specific item of property, plant and equipment is transferred directly to retained income when the asset is derecognised.

The revaluation reserve related to a specific item of property, plant and equipment is transferred directly to retained income as the asset is used. The amount transferred is equal to the difference between depreciation based on the revalued carrying amount and depreciation based on the

original cost of the asset.

Depreciation of an asset commences when the asset is available for use as intended by management. Depreciation is charged to write off the asset’s carrying amount over its estimated useful life to its estimated residual value, using a method that best reflects the pattern in which the asset’s economic benefits are consumed by the Council. Leased assets are depreciated in a consistent manner over the shorter of their expected useful lives and the lease term. Depreciation is not charged to an asset if its estimated residual value exceeds or is equal to its carrying amount. Depreciation of an asset ceases at the earlier of the date that the asset is classified as held for sale or derecognised.

The useful lives of items of property, plant and equipment have been assessed as follows:

Item Depreciation method

Useful life

Buildings Straight line 50 years

Furniture and fixtures Straight line 20 years

Office equipment Straight line 10 years

IT equipment Straight line 5 years

Works of art Straight line 30 years

Computer servers Straight line 10 years

Office equipment - leased assets

Straight line 10 years

Land is not depreciated as it is deemed to have an indefinite life. The residual value, useful life and depreciation method of each asset are reviewed at the end of each reporting year. If the expectations differ from previous estimates, the change is accounted for prospectively as a change in accounting estimate.

Each part of an item of property, plant and equipment with a cost that is significant in relation to the total cost of the item is depreciated separately.

The depreciation charge for each year is recognised in profit or loss unless it is included in the carrying amount of another asset.



1.2 Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Impairment tests are performed on property, plant and equipment when there is an indicator that they may be impaired. When the carrying amount of an item of property, plant and equipment is assessed to be higher than the estimated recoverable amount, an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss to bring the carrying amount in line with the recoverable amount.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its continued use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising from the derecognition of an item of property, plant and equipment, determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds, if any, and the carrying amount of the item, is included in profit or loss when the item is derecognised.

Assets which the Council holds for rentals to others and subsequently routinely sells as part of the ordinary course of activities, are transferred to inventories when the rentals end and the assets are available-for-sale. These assets are not accounted for as non-current assets held for sale. Proceeds from sales of these assets are recognised as revenue. All cash flows on these assets are included in cash flows from operating activities in the cash flow statement.

The Council’s management determines the estimated useful lives and related depreciation charges for these assets. These estimates are based on industry norms and then adjusted to be Council’s specific. Management will increase the depreciation charge where useful lives are less than previously estimated useful lives and vice versa. Depreciation and amortisation recognised on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are determined with reference to be useful lives and residual values of the underlying items. The useful lives and residual values of assets are based on management’s estimation of the asset’m condition, expected condition at the end of the period of use, its current use, expected

future use and the Council’s expectations about the availability of finance to replace the asset at the end of its useful life. In evaluating the how the condition and use of the asset informs the useful life and residual value management considers the impact of technology and minimum service requirements of the assets.

1.3 Intangible assets

An intangible asset is recognised when:

• it is probable that the expected future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the entity; and

• the cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

Intangible assets are initially recognised at cost.

Expenditure on research (or on the research phase of an internal project) is recognised as an expense when it is incurred.

An intangible asset arising from development (or from the development phase of an internal project) is recognised when:

• it is technically feasible to complete the asset so that it will be available for use.

• there is an intention to complete and use or sell it.

• there is an ability to use or sell it.

• it will generate probable future economic benefits.

• there are available technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the asset.

• the expenditure attributable to the asset during its development can be measured reliably.

Intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any impairment losses.



Accounting Policies

1.3 Intangible assets(continued)

An intangible asset is regarded as having an indefinite useful life when, based on all relevant factors, there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash inflows. Amortisation is not provided for these intangible assets, but they are tested for impairment annually and whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired. For all other intangible assets amortisation is provided on a straight line basis over their useful life.

The amortisation period and the amortisation method for intangible assets are reviewed every period-end.

Reassessing the useful life of an intangible asset with a finite useful life after it was classified as indefinite is an indicator that the asset may be impaired. As a result the asset is tested for impairment and the remaining carrying amount is amortised over its useful life.

Internally generated brands, mastheads, publishing titles, customer lists and items similar in substance are not recognised as intangible assets.

Amortisation is provided to write down the intangible assets, on a straight line basis, to their residual values as follows:

Item Useful life

Computer software 12 years

Software - leased equipment 12 years

1.4 Financial instruments

Classification

The Council classifies financial assets and financial liabilities into the following categories:

• Held-to-maturity investment

• Loans and receivables

• Available-for-sale financial assets

Classification depends on the purpose for which the financial instruments were obtained / incurred and takes place at initial recognition. Classification is re-assessed on an annual basis, except for derivatives and financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or loss, which shall not be classified out of the fair value through profit or loss category.

Initial recognition and measurement

Financial instruments are recognised initially when the Council becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instruments.

Financial instruments are measured initially at fair value, except for equity investments for which a fair value is not determinable, which are measured at cost and are classified as available-for-sale financial assets.

For financial instruments which are not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs are included in the initial measurement of the instrument.

Subsequent measurement

Dividend income is recognised in profit or loss as part of other income when the Council’s right to receive payment is established.

Loans and receivables are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest method, less accumulated impairment losses.

Held-to-maturity investments are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest method, less accumulated impairment losses.

Available-for-sale financial assets are subsequently measured at fair value. This excludes equity investments for which a fair value is not determinable, which are measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.



1.4 Financial instruments (continued)

Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity until the asset is disposed of or determined to be impaired. Interest on available-for-sale financial assets calculated using the effective interest method is recognised in profit or loss as part of other income. Dividends received on available-for-sale equity instruments are recognised in profit or loss as part of other income when the Council’s right to receive

payment is established.

Derecognition

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and the Council has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

Fair value determination

The fair values of quoted investments are based on current bid prices.

Impairment of financial assets

At each reporting date the Council assesses all financial assets, other than those at fair value through profit or loss, to determine whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets has been impaired.

For amounts due to the Council, significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy and default of payments are all considered indicators of impairment.

In the case of equity securities classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered an indicator of impairment. If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss - measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognised in profit or loss - is removed from equity as a reclassification adjustment to other comprehensive income and

recognised in profit or loss.

Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss.

Impairment losses are reversed when an increase in the financial asset’s recoverable amount can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, subject to the restriction that the carrying amount of the financial asset at the date that the impairment is reversed shall not exceed what the carrying amount would have been had the impairment not been recognised.

Reversals of impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss except for equity investments classified as available-for-sale.

Impairment losses are also not subsequently reversed for available-for-sale equity investments which are held at cost because fair value was not determinable.

Where financial assets are impaired through use of an allowance account, the amount of the loss is recognised in profit or loss within operating expenses. When such assets are written off, the write off is made against the relevant allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against operating expenses.

Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables are measured at initial recognition at fair value, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Appropriate allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts are recognised in profit or loss when there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired. Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments (more than 90 days overdue) are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. The allowance recognised is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate computed at initial recognition.



Accounting Policies

1.4 Financial instruments (continued)

The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the amount of the loss is recognised in profit or loss within operating expenses. When a trade receivable is uncollectable, it is written off against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against operating expenses in profit or loss.

Trade and other receivables are classified as loans and receivables.

Trade and other payables

Trade payables are initially measured at fair value, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits, and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. These are initially and subsequently recorded at fair value.

Held to maturity

These financial assets are initially measured at fair value plus direct transaction costs.

At subsequent reporting dates these are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less any impairment loss recognised to reflect irrecoverable amounts. An impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss when there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired, and is measured as the difference between the investment’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate computed at initial recognition. Impairment losses are reversed in subsequent periods when an increase in the investment’s recoverable amount can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised,

subject to the restriction that the carrying amount of the investment at the date the impairment is reversed shall not exceed what the amortised cost would have been had the impairment not been recognised.

Financial assets that the Council has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity.

1.5 Leases

A lease is classified as a finance lease if it transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership. A lease is classified as an operating lease if it does not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership.

Finance leases - lessor

The Council recognises finance lease receivables in the statement of financial position.

Finance income is recognised based on a pattern reflecting a constant periodic rate of return on the Council’s net investment in the finance lease.

Finance leases – lessee

Finance leases are recognised as assets and liabilities in the statement of financial position at amounts equal to the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the statement of financial position as a finance lease obligation.

The discount rate used in calculating the present value of the minimum lease payments is the interest rate implicit in the lease.

The lease payments are apportioned between the finance charge and reduction of the outstanding liability.The finance charge is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate on the remaining balance of the liability.

Operating leases - lessor

Operating lease income is recognised as an income on a straight-line basis over the lease



term.

Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging operating leases are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised as an expense over the lease term on the same basis as the lease income.

Income for leases is disclosed under revenue in

profit or loss.

Operating leases – lessee

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The difference between the amounts recognised as an expense and the contractual payments are recognised as an operating lease asset. This liability is not discounted.

Any contingent rents are expensed in the period they are incurred.

1.6 Impairment of assets

The Council assesses at each end of the reporting period whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, the Council estimates the recoverable amount of the asset.

Irrespective of whether there is any indication of impairment, the Council also:

• tests intangible assets with an indefinite useful life or intangible assets not yet available for use for impairment annually by comparing its carrying amount with its recoverable amount. This impairment test is performed during the annual period and at the same time every period.

• tests goodwill acquired in a business combination for impairment annually.

If there is any indication that an asset may be impaired, the recoverable amount is estimated for the individual asset. If it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of the individual asset, the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs is determined.

The recoverable amount of an asset or a cash-generating unit is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.

If the recoverable amount of an asset is less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount. That reduction is an impairment loss.

An impairment loss of assets carried at cost less any accumulated depreciation or amortisation is recognised immediately in profit or loss. Any impairment loss of a revalued asset is treated as a revaluation decrease.

An entity assesses at each reporting date whether there is any indication that an impairment loss recognised in prior periods for assets other than goodwill may no longer exist or may have decreased. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amounts of those assets are estimated.

The increased carrying amount of an asset other than goodwill attributable to a reversal of an impairment loss does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior periods.

A reversal of an impairment loss of assets carried at cost less accumulated depreciation or amortisation other than goodwill is recognised immediately in profit or loss. Any reversal of an impairment loss of a revalued asset is treated as a revaluation increase.

1.7 Employee benefits

Defined contribution plans

Contributions made towards the fund are recognised as an expense in the Statement of Financial Performance in the period that such contributions become payable. This contribution expense is measured at the undiscounted amount of the contribution paid or payable to the fund. A liability is recongised to the extent that any of the contributions have not yet been paid. Conversely an asset is recognised to the extent that any contributions have been paid in advance.



Accounting Policies

1.7 Employee benefits (continued)

Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit plans are charged as an expense as they fall due.

1.8 Revenue

Revenue from membership fees, registration fees, examinations fees and penalties are recognised when all the following conditions have been satisfied:

• the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

• it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Council; and

• the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

When the outcome of a transaction involving the rendering of services can be estimated reliably, revenue associated with the transaction is recognised by reference to the stage of completion of the transaction at the end of the reporting period. The outcome of a transaction can be estimated reliably when all the following conditions are satisfied:

• the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

• it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Council;

• the stage of completion of the transaction at the end of the reporting period can be measured reliably; and

• the costs incurred for the transaction and the costs to complete the transaction can be measured reliably.

When the outcome of the transaction involving the rendering of services cannot be estimated reliably, revenue shall be recognised only to the extent of the expenses recognised that are recoverable.

Service revenue is recognised by reference to the stage of completion of the transaction at the end of the reporting period. Stage of completion is determined by.

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents the amounts receivable for goods and services provided in the normal course of business, net of trade discounts and volume rebates, and value added tax.

Interest is recognised, in profit or loss, using the effective interest rate method.

Dividends are recognised, in profit or loss, when the Council’s right to receive payment has been established.

Unidentified credit balances which are older than one year and cannot be traced to the individual members are recognised as revenue.

1.9 Irregular expenditure

Irregular expenditure is expenditure that is contrary to the HPCSA Act 56 of 1974 or is in contravention of the entity’s supply chain management policies. Irregular expenditure excludes unauthorised expenditure. Irregular expenditure is accounted for as expenditure in the Statement of profit and loss or other comprehensive income.

1.10 Related parties

The Council has processes and controls in place to aid in the identification of related parties. A related party is a person or an entity with the ability to control or jointly control the other party, or exercise significant influence over the other party, or vice versa, or a Council that is subject to common control, or joint control. Related party relationships where control exists are disclosed regardless of whether any transactions took place between the parties during the reporting period.

Where transactions occured between the entity and any one or more related parties, and those transactions were not wihtin:



1.0 Related parties (continued)

• Normal supplier and / or client / receipt relationships on terms and conditions no more or less favourable than those which it is reasonable to expect the entity to have adopted if dealing with that individual entity or person in the same circumstance;

and

• Terms and conditions within the normal operating parameters established by the reporting entity’s legal mandate;

• Further details about those transactions are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

1.11 Subsequent events after the reporting date

Events after the reporting date are those events both favorable and unfavorable that occur between the reporting date and the date when the annual financial statements are authorised for issue, and are treated as follows:

• The Council adjust the amounts recognised in its annual financial statements to reflect adjusting events after the reporting date for those events that provide evidence of conditions that existed at the reporting date, and

• The Council does not adjust the amounts recognised in its annual financial statements to reflect non-adjusting events after the reporting date for those events that are indicative of conditions that arose after the reporting date.



Notes to the Annual Financial Statements

2. New Standards and Interpretations

2.1 Standards and interpretations not yet effective

The council has chosen not to early adopt the following standards and interpretations, which have been published and are mandatory for the council’s accounting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2018 or later periods:

Standard/ Interpretation: Effective date:Years beginning

on or after

Expected impact:

• IFRS 16 Leases 1 January 2019 Unlikely there will be a material impact

• IFRS 9 (AC 146) Financial Instruments 1 January 2018 Unlikely there will be a material impact

• IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers 1 January 2018 Unlikely there will be a material impact

• Amendments to IFRS 15: Clarifications to IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

1 January 2018 Unlikely there will be a material impact

• Amendments to IFRS 2: Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions


• Amendments to IFRS 4: Applying IFRS 9 Financial Instruments with IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts




No

tes

to th

e A

nnua

l Fin

anc

ial S

tate

me

nts

3.

Pro

pe

rty,

pla

nt a

nd e

qui

pm

ent

2018

2017

Re

sta

ted

Co

st o

r re

valu

atio

nA

cc

umul

ate

d

de

pre

cia

tion

Ca

rryi

ng v

alu

eC

ost

or r

eva

lua

tion

Ac

cum

ula

ted

d

ep

rec

iatio

nC

arr

ying

va

lue

Lan

d3,

545,

008

-3,

545,

008

3,54

5,00

8-

3,54

5,00

8

Build

ing

s8,

342,

522

(2,3

92,4

82)

5,95

0,04

08,

211,

023

(2,2

26,2

66)

5,98

4,75

7

Furn

iture

an

d fi

xtu

res

4,45

2,17

4(2

,340

,920

)2,

111,

254

4,80

1,07

5(2

,882

,008

)1,

919,

067

Offi

ce

eq

uip

me

nt

9,11

9,83

3(3

,516

,049

)5,

603,

784

9,54

2,22

6(4

,762

,792

)4,

779,

434

IT e

qu

ipm

en

t13

,864

,538

(4,7

15,9

66)

9,14

8,57

220

,891

,635

(9,4

53,3

69)

11,4

38,2

66

Wo

rks

of a

rt1,

242,

400

(53,

240)

1,18

9,16

01,

237,

312

(5,1

75)

1,23

2,13

7

Pre

side

ntia

l ba

dg

e1

-1

1-

1

Offi

ce

eq

uip

me

nts

- le

ase

d a

sse

t2,

050,

591

(205

,059

)1,

845,

532

--

-

Tota

l42

,617

,067

(13,

223,

716)

29,3

93,3

5148

,228

,280

(19,

329,

610)

28,8

98,6

70

Rec

onc

ilia

tion

of p

rop

ert

y, p

lant

and

eq

uip

me

nt -

201

8

Op

eni

ng

ba

lanc

eA

dd

itio

nsD

isp

osa

lsTr

ans

fers

Tra

nsfe

rs

Rec

lass

ific

atio

nD

ep

rec

iatio

nD

ep

rec

iatio

n re

vers

al

Tota

l

Lan

d3,

545,

008

--

--

--

3,54

5,00

8

Build

ing

s5,

984,

757

131,

499

--

-(1

66,2

16)

-5,

950,

040

Furn

iture

an

d fi

xtu

res

1,91

9,06

735

5,74

8(5

53,4

10)

-(5

,088

)(1

65,0

20)

559,

957

2,11

1,25

4

Offi

ce

eq

uip

me

nt

4,77

9,43

481

8,10

0(1

,870

,249

)-

884,

411

(766

,617

)1,

758,

705

5,60

3,78

4

IT e

qu

ipm

en

t11

,438

,266

869,

270

(7,0

23,6

20)

-(9

35,1

42)

(2,0

59,3

51)

6,85

9,14

99,

148,

572

Wo

rks

of a

rt1,

232,

137

--

(6,5

45)

5,08

8(4

1,52

0)-

1,18

9,16

0

Pre

side

ntia

l ba

dg

e1

--

--

--

1

Offi

ce

eq

uip

me

nts

-

lea

sed

ass

et

-2,

050,

591

--

-(2

05,0

59)

-1,

845,

532

28,8

98,6

704,

225,

208

(9,4

47,2

79)

(6,5

45)

(50,

731)

(3,4

03,7

83)

9,17

7,81

129

,393

,351



No

tes

to th

e A

nnua

l Fin

anc

ial S

tate

me

nts

3.

Pro

pe

rty,

pla

nt a

nd e

qui

pm

ent

(c

ont

inue

d)

Rec

onc

ilia

tion

of p

rop

ert

y, p

lant

and

eq

uip

me

nt -

Re

sta

ted

201

7

Op

eni

ng

ba

lanc

eA

dd

itio

nsD

isp

osa

lsRe

valu

atio

nsRe

cla

ssifi

ca

tion

De

pre

cia

tion

Tota

l

Lan

d3,

545,

008

--

--

-3,

545,

008

Build

ing

s5,

698,

934

443,

931

--

-(1

58,1

08)

5,98

4,75

7

Furn

iture

an

d fi

xtu

res

1,64

2,95

452

3,13

3-

55,9

12(5

9,18

4)(2

43,7

48)

1,91

9,06

7

Offi

ce

eq

uip

me

nt

4,19

0,12

01,

105,

975

(40,

364)

--

(476

,297

)4,

779,

434

IT e

qu

ipm

en

t5,

566,

659

6,27

2,00

3(3

3,52

0)-

-(3

66,8

76)

11,4

38,2

66

Wo

rks

of A

rt3,

585

--

1,07

6,91

859

,184

92,4

501,

232,

137

Pre

side

ntia

l ba

dg

e1

--

--

-1

20,6

47,2

618,

345,

042

(73,

884)

1,13

2,83

0-

(1,1

52,5

79)

28,8

98,6

70

Co

mp

en

satio

n re

ce

ive

d fo

r lo

sse

s o

n p

rop

ert

y, p

lan

t a

nd

eq

uip

me

nt

is in

clu

de

d in

op

era

ting

su

rplu

s.

De

pre

cia

tion

rate

s

The

de

pre

cia

tion

me

tho

ds

an

d a

vera

ge

use

ful l

ive

s o

f pro

pe

rty,

pla

nt

an

d e

qu

ipm

en

t h

ave

be

en

ass

ess

ed

as

follo

ws:

2018

2017

Rest

ate

d

Build

ing

sSt

raig

ht

line

ba

sis -

ye

ars

5050

Furn

iture

an

d fi

xtu

res

Stra

igh

t lin

e b

asis

- y

ea

rs20

20

Offi

ce

eq

uip

me

nt

Stra

igh

t lin

e b

asis

- y

ea

rs10

10

IT e

qu

ipm

en

tSt

raig

ht

line

ba

sis -

ye

ars

55

Co

mp

ute

r se

rve

rsSt

raig

ht

line

ba

sis -

ye

ars

1010

Wo

rks

of A

rtSt

raig

ht

line

ba

sis -

ye

ars

3030

Offi

ce

eq

uip

me

nt

- le

ase

d a

sse

tsSt

raig

ht

line

ba

sis -

ye

ars

10

10

Lan

d is

no

t d

ep

rec

iate

d a

s it

is d

ee

me

d t

o h

ave

an

ind

efin

ite li

fe.



4. Intangible assets

2018 2017 Restated

Cost / Valuation

Accumulated amortisation

Carrying value

Cost / Valuation

Accumulated amortisation

Carrying value

Computer software 17,034,488 (7,397,688) 9,636,800 9,528,956 (6,334,985) 3,193,971

Reconciliation of intangible assets - 2018

Opening balance Additions Reclassification Amortisation Total

Computer software 3,193,971 5,817,929 50,731 (926,297) 8,136,334

Software - Leased Assets - 1,636,872 - (136,406) 1,500,466

3,193,971 7,454,801 50,731 (1,062,703) 9,636,800

Reconciliation of intangible assets - 2017

Opening balance Additions Revaluations Amortisation Total

Computer software 2,022,886 1,732,805 (55,912) (505,808) 3,193,971

The HPCSA upgraded the oracle system and purchased new software licenses.


5. Other financial assets

Available-for-sale

Listed Shares - 15018 Sanlam Shares (2017 - 16046) 1,281,035 1,081,019

Free shares allocated to Council during Sanlam’s demutualisation process

During this financial year Computershare sold 1028 ordinary shares (Reference no: U0063378779) for R 68, 979 without HPCSA’s specific instructions. The funds has been paid into HPCSA bank account during August 2018. The outstanding dividends were also paid.

Non-current assets

Available-for-sale 1,281,035 1,081,019

6. Retirement benefits

Defined contribution plan

The HPCSA provides retirement benefits through independent funds under the control of trustees and all contributions on those funds are charged to profit and loss. The HPCSA pension and provident funds are governed by the Pensions Fund Act, 1956.

The total group contribution to such schemes 8,069,540 7,337,750





7. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables before provision for bad debts 12,545,542 13,091,586

Less: Provision for bad debts (6,291,326) (5,956,455)

Trade receivables after provision for bad debts 6,254,216 7,135,131

Advances to Council members, managers and employees 118,243 113,265

Prepayments 4,526,570 3,347,005

Deposits 214,059 214,059

VAT 273,698 447,161

AMCOA loan account 360,266 721,365

Accrued income and interest 5,533,422 8,930,205

17,280,474 20,908,191

Trade receivables ageing

Current (0-30 days) 4,361,221 5,612,731

31-60 days 1,553,765 297,488

60-90 days 339,230 1,224,912

6,254,216 7,135,131

8. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of:

Cash on hand 2,500 2,500

Bank balances 141,058,880 84,031,027

Short-term deposits 180,649,508 251,196,567

321,710,888 335,230,094

Cash and cash equivalents pledged as collateral

Total financial assets pledged as collateral 2,000,000 2,000,000

No expiry date and no special conditions apply.

Limited Cession of Absa Bank Ltd Fixed Deposit no 2064961351 for R 500, 000

Limited Cession of Absa Bank Ltd Fixed Deposit no 2064951992 for R 1, 500, 000




9. Finance lease liabilities

Minimum lease payments due

- within one year 1,433,207 -

- in second to fifth year inclusive 1,433,207 -

2,866,414 -

less: future finance charges (285,018) -

Present value of minimum lease payments 2,581,396 -

Non-current liabilities 1,356,476 -

Current liabilities 1,224,919 -

2,581,395 -

It is company policy to lease telephone equipment under finance leases.

The average lease term was 3 years.

Interest rates are linked to prime at the contract date. All leases have fixed repayments and no arrangements have been entered into for contingent rent.

The Council’s obligations under finance leases are secured by the lessor’s charge over the leased assets.

10. Provisions

Reconciliation of provisions - 2018 Opening balance

Additions Utilised during the year

Total

Provisions for accrued leave 5,183,102 4,840,141 (5,150,736) 4,872,507

Reconciliation of provisions - 2017 Opening balance

Additions Utilised during the year

Total

Provisions for accrued leave 4,147,844 3,878,968 (2,843,710) 5,183,102

Provision for accrued leave

This provision represents the liability for the total amount of leave days due to employees.

11. Trade and other payables

Trade payables 10,775,676 13,477,845

Other payables 328,167 385,238

Accruals and other payables 6,476,636 11,427,873

17,580,479 25,290,956

12. Deferred income

Unapplied receipts 202,968,409 190,554,326

Unidentified receipts 4,433,828 4,175,648

207,402,237 194,729,974




12. Deferred income (continued)

Unapplied receipts

Represents receipts in advance from members for their next years membership fees. These receipts are allocated when bulk billing is done in the next financial year.

Unidentified receipts

Represents receipts from members who cannot be identified at this stage. These members normally claim these receipts when their fees remain unpaid and they receive reminders.

Included in this amount is also practitioners who paid, but are not yet registered. Receipts can only be applied once registration is complete.


13. Revenue

Unidentified receipts recognised 1,198,105 784,017

Annual fees - Current year 192,271,627 177,481,468

Restoration fees 5,667,288 5,252,746

Examination fees 3,102,784 1,752,380

Evaluations fees 2,102,091 939,534

Other professional fees 2,486,368 2,883,823

Registration Fees 22,186,749 18,826,462

Annual fees - Prior year 2,675,481 2,773,000

Fees from penalties imposed 2,864,325 1,995,500

234,554,818 212,688,930

14. Other operating income

RAF management fees 2,048,505 2,048,505

Asset Revaluation Surplus 98,093 -

Other rental income 188,844 188,844

Other recoveries - RAF 20,928,995 16,783,469

Sundry revenue - 109,921

Register sales 17,204 14,514

Tender fees 163,960 20,659

Insurance compensation 392,774 111,655

23,838,375 19,277,567



15. Operating (deficit) surplus

Operating (deficit) surplus for the year is stated after accounting for the following:

Figures in Rand 2018 2017 Restated

Gains (losses) on disposals, scrappings and settlements

Auditors’ remuneration - External auditors 311,619 311,515

Depreciation on property, plant and equipment 3,403,783 1,152,579

Amortisation on intangible assets 1,062,704 505,808

Loss on disposal of fixed assets 298,252 112,701

Operating lease charges - rental machines and office space 3,432,052 1,572,152

Legal expenses 6,924,703 13,944,726

Council, professional boards and committee meetings 46,903,567 45,530,183

Road Accident Fund expenses 21,850,626 12,144,719

Employee costs 162,713,273 153,736,027

Strategic projects 10,961,363 4,734,048

IT expenses 8,781,551 7,314,500

Postage 2,224,458 3,345,773

Printing and stationery 3,825,534 5,216,997

16. Investment income

Dividend income

From investments in financial assets classified as available for sale:

Listed investments - Local 34,403 55,356

From investments in financial assets:

Interest received 21,518,737 22,502,639

Total investment income 21,553,140 22,557,995

17. Taxation

The Council is exempted from taxation in terms of the Income Tax Act.

18. Other comprehensive income and lossComponents of other comprehensive income - 2018

Gross Tax Net

Items that may be reclassified to profit (loss)Available-for-sale financial assets adjustments

Gains and losses arising during the year on Sanlam shares 270,363 - 270,363

Components of other comprehensive income - 2017

Gross Tax Net

Items that will not be reclassified to profit (loss)Movements on revaluation

Gains (losses) on property revaluation 1,132,830 - 1,132,830




18. Other comprehensive income and loss (continued)

Items that may be reclassified to profit (loss)Available-for-sale financial assets adjustments

Gains and losses arising during the year on Sanlam shares (17,971) - (17,971)

Total 1,114,859 - 1,114,859

Figures in Rand Note(s) 20182017 Restated

*Restated

19. Cash used in operations

Surplus / (Loss) for the year (17,512,346) (24,811,207)

Adjustments for:

Depreciation and amortisation 4,466,486 1,658,387

Losses on disposals, scrappings and settlements of assets and liabilities 228,649 73,882

Dividend income (34,403) (55,356)

Interest income (21,518,737) (22,502,639)

Finance costs 327,140 -

Movement in provisions (310,595) 1,035,258

Asset Reclassification (50,731) 55,912

Changes in working capital:

Trade and other receivables 3,627,717 (1,787,195)

Trade and other payables (7,710,477) 4,659,490

Deferred income 12,672,265 8,249,580

(25,815,032) (33,423,888)

20. Related parties`

Relationships

Acting Registrar and CEO - Adv P Khumalo Refer to note 21

Executive Management Refer to note 21

President of Council - Dr TKS Letlape Refer to note 22

Council members - 30 members Refer to 22 and Councilors’ report

Association of Medical Councils of Africa (AMCOA) - HPCSA is a member of AMCOA and manages the day-to-day financial affairs of AMCOA

Refer to note 7

Road Accident fund Refer to note 23

Minister of Health and Department of Health Refer to Health Professions Act no 56 of 1974

Related party transactions

Council / Professional Board members fees

Members fees 12,823,509 12,680,256

Preparation fees 4,096,830 3,457,490

Subsistence expenses 3,736,413 4,249,001



21. E

xec

utiv

e R

em

une

ratio

n

Exe

cut

ive

Ma

nag

em

ent

20

18Em

olu

me

nts

Perfo

rma

nce

Bo

nus

Retir

em

ent

b

ene

fits

Me

dic

al a

id

co

ntrib

utio

nTo

tal

Ac

ting

Re

gist

rar /

CEO

2,

235,

799

238,

550

102,

336

20,4

432,

597,

128

Ac

ting

Ch

ief O

pe

ratio

ns

Offi

ce

r2,

155,

894

224,

126

96,6

04-

2,47

6,62

4

Ch

ief F

ina

nc

ial O

ffic

er

1,61

6,37

317

4,20

599

,026

28,9

231,

918,

527

Ch

ief I

nfo

rma

tion

Offi

ce

r1,

362,

131

134,

070

132,

252

30,9

461,

659,

399

Ge

ne

ral M

an

ag

er:

CPD

, Re

co

rds

an

d R

eg

istra

tion

s1,

476,

567

-80

,438

-1,

557,

005

Ac

ting

Ge

ne

ral M

an

ag

er:

Leg

al (

01 A

pril

- 3

1 Ju

ly 2

017)

623,

205

181,

220

22,1

398,

246

834,

810

Ac

ting

Ge

ne

ral M

an

ag

er:

Leg

al (

01 A

ug

ust

- 3

1 Ja

nu

ary

20

18)

933,

040

109,

605

31,3

9417

,125

1,09

1,16

4

Ac

ting

Ge

ne

ral M

an

ag

er:

Leg

al (

01 F

eb

rua

ry -

31

Ma

rch

20

18)

328,

341

107,

610

11,7

96-

447,

747

Sen

ior M

an

ag

er:

Pub

lic R

ela

tion

s1,

018,

973

107,

610

61,6

4976

,370

1,26

4,60

2

Sen

ior M

an

ag

er:

Hu

ma

n R

eso

urc

es

(01

Ma

y 20

17 t

o 3

1 M

arc

h 2

018)

1,10

2,09

5-

60,3

38-

1,16

2,43

3

Ac

ting

Se

nio

r Ma

na

ge

r: H

um

an

Re

sou

rce

s (A

pril

201

7)10

8,04

1-

2,87

2-

110,

913

Ma

na

ge

r: Su

pp

ort

Se

rvic

es

1,05

9,49

1-

46,8

06-

1,10

6,29

7

Pro

jec

t M

an

ag

er (

01 N

ove

mb

er 2

017

- 31

Ma

rch

201

8)48

5,97

9-

31,1

38-

517,

117

Ac

ting

Co

un

cil

Sec

reta

ry (

01 A

pril

to

31

July

201

7)

418,

906

115,

530

16,5

394,

574

555,

549

Co

un

cil

Sec

reta

ry (

01 J

uly

to

31

Ma

rch

201

8)95

3,69

1-

49,8

09-

1,00

3,50

0

Ac

ting

Se

nio

r Ma

na

ge

r: Le

ga

l (01

Ap

ril 2

017

- 31

Ju

ly 2

017)

46

4,08

3-

22,1

39-

486,

222

Risk

Ma

na

ge

me

nt

Offi

ce

r1,

116,

837

31,0

0263

,099

14,1

021,

225,

040

17,4

59,4

461,

423,

528

930,

374

200,

729

20,0

14,0

77



No

tes

to th

e A

nnua

l Fin

anc

ial S

tate

me

nts

21. E

xec

utiv

e R

em

une

ratio

n (c

ont

inue

d)

2017

Emo

lum

ent

sPe

rform

anc

e

bo

nus

Retir

em

ent

c

ont

ribut

ion

Me

dic

al a

id

be

nefit

sSe

ttle

me

nt

lab

our

co

stC

CM

AA

rbitr

atio

n A

wa

rd

Tota

l

Re

gist

rar a

nd

CEO

(A

pril

201

6 )

186,

663

-9,

919

-2,

267,

145

-2,

463,

727

Ac

ting

Re

gist

rar a

nd

CEO

(M

ay

2016

- M

arc

h 2

017)

2,17

0,04

7-

90,3

7220

,156

--

2,28

0,57

5

Ch

ief O

pe

ratio

ns

Offi

ce

r (A

pril

- M

ay

2016

)52

2,27

2-

18,5

58-

3,65

1,52

110

4,55

74,

296,

908

Ge

ne

ral M

an

ag

er:

Leg

al (

Ap

ril 2

016)

127,

382

145,

339

6,93

11,

796

--

281,

448

Om

bu

dsm

an

(A

pril

- J

un

e 2

016)

418,

859

153,

945

22,0

24-

--

594,

828

Inte

rim O

mb

ud

sma

n49

9,40

0-

-

--

-49

9,40

0

Ac

ting

Ch

ief O

pe

ratio

ns

Offi

ce

r (Ju

ly 2

016

to M

arc

h 2

017)

1,72

9,15

8-

66,2

97-

--

1,79

5,45

5

Ch

ief F

ina

nc

ial O

ffic

er

1,70

1,20

8-

87,3

1426

,318

--

1,81

4,84

0

Ch

ief I

nfo

rma

tion

Offi

ce

r 1,

244,

446

-11

0,60

816

,890

--

1,37

1,94

4

Ge

ne

ral M

an

ag

er:

CPD

, Re

gist

ratio

ns

an

d R

ec

ord

s (A

pril

-

Au

gu

st 2

016)

664,

989

-32

,539

29,6

64-

-72

7,19

2

Ac

ting

Ge

ne

ral M

an

ag

er:

CPD

, Re

gist

ratio

ns

an

d R

ec

ord

s (S

ep

tem

be

r No

vem

be

r 201

6))

215,

348

-5,

926

4,40

8-

-22

5,68

2

Ge

ne

ral M

an

ag

er:

CPD

, Re

gist

ratio

ns

an

d R

ec

ord

s (N

ove

mb

er 2

016-

Ma

rch

201

7)56

2,76

5-

24,8

86-

--

587,

651

Ac

ting

Ge

ne

ral M

an

ag

er:

Pro

fess

ion

al B

oa

rds

1,40

0,96

1-

81,1

50-

--

1,48

2,11

1

Ma

na

ge

r: Su

pp

ort

Se

rvic

es

(Ju

ne

201

6 to

31

Jan

ua

ry 2

017)

503,

332

-24

,623

--

-52

7,95

5

Ac

ting

Ma

na

ge

r: Su

pp

ort

Se

rvic

es

(Ap

ril -

Ju

ne

201

6 &

Fe

bru

ary

- M

arc

h 2

017)

266,

195

-8,

806

--

-27

5,00

1

Sen

ior P

ub

lic R

ela

tion

s M

an

ag

er

1,00

4,76

0-

56,1

7348

,154

--

1,10

9,08

7

Sen

ior H

um

an

Re

sou

rce

s M

an

ag

er

1,05

2,39

5-

48,1

9734

,316

--

1,13

4,90

8

Ac

ting

Ge

ne

ral M

an

ag

er:

Leg

al (

Ma

y 20

16 -

Ma

rch

201

7)1,

496,

744

-52

,747

21,3

76-

-1,

570,

867

15,7

66,9

2429

9,28

474

7,07

020

3,07

85,

918,

666

104,

557

23,0

39,5

79



22. Councilors Emoluments

The following emoluments, allowances and travel costs have been paid to Council members for attending Council and its committees meetings.

2018 Emoluments President Allowance

Subsistence Allowance

Travel Costs Total

Dr TKS Letlape 358,830 103,035 98,687 20,763 581,315

Mr LA Malotana 143,585 - 13,720 2,570 159,875

Mr S Ramasala 154,350 - - 5,341 159,691

Prof K Mfenyana 41,860 - - 244 42,104

Ms MM Isaacs 33,220 - - 6,491 39,711

Mr S Sobuwa 106,455 - - 854 107,309

Ms X Bacela 20,985 - - 1,363 22,348

Ms MS van Niekerk 107,905 - - 6,536 114,441

Mr KO Tsekeli 36,660 - - 1,626 38,286

Mr A Speelman 58,115 - - 673 58,788

Prof N Gwele 6,270 - - 543 6,813

Ms ND Dantile 120,940 - - 7,115 128,055

Ms JM Nare 36,345 - - 8,324 44,669

Ms DJ Sebidi 125,065 - - 7,659 132,724

Dr S Balton 124,375 - - 1,676 126,051

Ms RM Gontsana 24,120 - - 591 24,711

Prof SM Hanekom 72,898 - - 10,879 83,777

Mr M Kobe 136,048 - - 8,378 144,426

Mr MAW Louw 101,030 - - 2,011 103,041

Mrs D Muhlbauer 89,152 - - 3,246 92,398

Adv T Mafafo 15,140 - - 639 15,779

Prof GJ van Zyl 34,485 - - 122 34,607

Prof NJ Mekwa 68,265 - - 122 68,387

Dr RL Morar 72,935 - 33,703 - 106,638

Prof YI Osman 67,050 - - 845 67,895

Prof BJ Pillay 123,400 - - 6,855 130,255

Dr TA Muslim 117,207 - - 46,546 163,753

Dr A Lucen 6,270 - - 204 6,474

Mrs MMM Mothapo 20,985 - - 366 21,351

Dr AM Thulare 101,345 - - 12,144 113,489

2,525,290 103,035 146,110 164,726 2,939,161



22. Councilors Emoluments (continued)

2017 Emoluments President Allowance

Subsistence Allowance

Travel Costs Total

Dr TKS Letlape 468,335 96,354 221,556 31,359 817,604

Mr LA Malotana 141,285 - 54,600 3,686 199,571

Mr S Ramasala 168,670 - - 4,530 173,200

Prof K Mfenyana 67,170 - - 5,478 72,648

Ms MM Isaacs 42,385 - - 16,410 58,795

Mr S Sobuwa 89,468 - - 122 89,590

Ms X Bacela 18,170 - - 1,840 20,010

Ms MS van Niekerk 101,250 - - 7,357 108,607

Mr KO Tsekeli 29,950 - - 1,293 31,243

Mr A Speelman 88,165 - - 1,001 89,166

Prof N Gwele 15,225 - - 15,329 30,554

Ms ND Dantile 113,940 - - 6,560 120,500

Ms JM Nare 34,040 - - 12,678 46,718

Ms DJ Sebidi 135,950 - - 8,842 144,792

Dr S Balton 93,345 - - 2,821 96,166

Ms RM Gontsana 41,730 - - 328 42,058

Prof SM Hanekom 86,690 - - 18,758 105,448

Mr M Kobe 118,050 - - 6,423 124,473

Mr MAW Louw 104,350 - - 1,793 106,143

Mrs D Muhlbauer 129,750 - - 6,461 136,211

Adv T Mafafo 24,985 - - 197 25,182

Prof GJ van Zyl 49,010 - - 225 49,235

Prof NJ Mekwa 82,960 - - 53 83,013

Dr RL Morar 84,655 - 31,315 - 115,970

Prof YI Osman 63,490 - - 2,187 65,677

Prof BJ Pillay 118,210 - - 13,486 131,696

Dr TA Muslim 123,600 - 32,078 23,654 179,332

2,634,828 96,354 339,549 192,871 3,263,602

23. Road Accident Fund (RAF)

The surplus recovered from the agreement between HPCSA and the Road Accident Fund can be reconciled as follows:

Cost incurred by HPCSA 22,131,622 16,783,468

Employee costs 5,183,470 4,081,273

RAF legal, tribunal expenditure, sheriff and disbursements 16,610,633 12,479,007

HPCSA overheads (Stationery, telephone and training) 337,519 223,188

Amounts received from RAF 24,368,971 18,797,630

Amounts invoiced to RAF iro costs incurred 22,131,622 16,560,281

Management accounts 2,048,505 2,048,505

Rental income 188,844 188,844

Surplus 2,237,349 2,014,162




24. Risk management

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amounts of the following financial instruments approximate their fair value due to the fact that these instruments are:

• Cash and cash equivalent include bank balances and investments with commercial interest rates.

• Short trade and other receivables - due to the short term nature of Health Professions Council of South Africa’s receivables, amortised cost approximates its fair values.

• Trade and other payables - are subject to normal trade credit terms and short payment cycles. The cost of other payables approximates its fair value.

No financial instrument is carried at an amount in excess of its fair value.

Liquidity risk

The Health Professions Council of South Africa manages liquidity risk through the compilation and monitoring of cash flow forecasts as well as ensuring that there are adequate banking facilities.

At 31 March 2018 Less than 1 year

Financial Assets

Cash and cash equivalent 321,710,888

Trade and other receivables 17,280,474

Financial Liabilities

Trade and other payables 17,580,479

Income received in advance 207,402,237

Finance lease 1,224,919

At 31 March 2017 Less than 1 year

Financial Assets

Cash and cash equivalents 335,230,094

Trade and other receivables 20,908,191

Financial Liabilities

Trade and other payables 25,290,956

Income received in advance 194,729,974

Interest rate risk

The Health Professions Council of South Africa does have investments which are interest-bearing assets. The Council is however funded through different income streams received from members. Interest rate flunctuations will therefore not have a material impact on income and operating cash flows.

Credit risk

Potential concentrations of credit risk consist mainly of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and other receivables.



24. Risk management (continued)

At 31 March 2017, the Health Professions Council of South Africa did not consider there to be any significant concentration of credit risk which had not been insured or adequately provided for.

25. Contingent liabilities

Matter regarding former Legal Advisor (Mr. Mosiane)

A former employee lodged complaint against Council with CCMA for unfair dismissal and he won the matter at CCMA. The CCMA Award was reviewed and set aside by the Labour Court. The Labour Court referred the matter back to the CCMA to be heard anew.

The former employee pursued his unfair dismissal dispute before the CCMA, and it was then found that his dismissal was fair.

The former employee is in the process of reviewing the Arbitration Award, which is opposed. No date for hearing has been allocated.In the event that CCMA rules in the employee’s favour, a maximum award of 12 months compensation may be made, which will be equal to R 520, 581.

Matter regarding former General Manager: Professional Boards (Dr Mbhele)

The employee referred an unfair dismissal dispute to the CCMA which was heard in 2015. The CCMA issued an Arbitration Award, finding that the dismissal was fair. The dismissed employee launched review proceedings of the Award before the Labour Court, which he did not pursue. The matter is dormant. It is likely that the HPCSA is exposed to an adverse ruling.

The HPCSA has not made any provisions in this financial year and will continue to review this decision on an on-going basis.

Matter regarding Committee Coordinators

Unfair discrimination claim brought to the CCMA by group of Employeees on the grounds of equal pay for work of equal value. Waiting for conciliation date to be allocated by the CCMA.

The HPCSA has not made any provisions in this financial year and will continue to review this decision on an on-going basis.

Matter regarding Practitioner: Mr RP McMahon

Mr McMahon has instituted an action against Council in the Kwazulu-Natal High Court, Pietermaritzburg, in which he claims payment of the sum of R 11 million plus interest and costs. The is currently no movement on the matter. The HPCSA has not made any provisions in this financial year and will continue to review this decision on an on-going basis. The summon was issued on 24 August 2012.

Matter regarding Practitioner: Ms CJ Grobbler

The practitioner experienced slow reaction of the Council to complaints against Dr Gordon. She is claiming damages estimated R 768, 000. Dr Gordon who is the second defendant is currently being sequestrated and the proceedings are currently affected by the sequestration proceedings. There is currently no movement on the matter. The HPCSA has not made any provisions in this financial year and will continue to review this decision on an on-going basis.




25. Contingent liabilities (continued)

Matter regarding Practitioner: Dr JF Scholtz

A claim has been lodged against the Council of the HPCSA due to incorrect registration status provided on behalf of a registered practitioner resulting in the loss of employment opportunity of the registered

practitioner. The practitioner is claiming payment of the sum of R 49, 173, 658.80.

Matter regarding Garter & Swanepoel / UCT

The Plaintiff’s, Ms Gartner and Ms Swanepoel, both having completed the MA in Neuropsychology seek an order in the amount of R 41,061,524 and R 125, 555,376 respectively which is alleged to be made up of:

• loss of income for unpaid internship in the year 2014;

• expenses incurred for registration expenses for the period 2015-2017; and

• loss of future income as a professional neuropsychologist as of March 2015 to date of retirement.

The action has been defended by the defendants herein and awaiting additional documents from plaintiff.

26. Prior period errors

26.1 Assets accumulated depreciation

The Council identified the prior period errors during the process of reviewing the asset register of fully depreciated assets. The errors have been corrected through retrospectively restatement of the comparative figures in the current financial year’s financial statements.

Statement of Comprehensive Income

Decrease in depreciation - (501,012)


Decrease in accumulated depreciation - 501,012

26.2 Recoverable charges

The Council identified the prior period errors during the process of reviewing the recoverable charges which were cleared by credit notes.The errors have been corrected through retrospectively restatement of the comparative figures in the current financial year’s financial statements.


Travel costs - 26,835


Trade and other receivables - (26,835)




26. Prior period errors (continued)

26.3 Dividends

The Council identified the prior period errors when Computershare sold the ordinary shares held by the HPCSA under reference no: U0063378779 during this current financial year. The dividends were not accrued from prior years. The payment was received during August 2018.


Increase in dividends fees - 10,254


Increase in accrued income - 10,254




Revenue

Annual Fees current year before suspensions 203,471,469 185,676,825

Less: Suspension of membership (11,199,842) (8,195,357)

Annual fees - Current year 192,271,627 177,481,468

Annual fees - Prior year 2,675,481 2,773,000

Fees from penalties imposed 2,864,325 1,995,500

Registration fees 22,186,749 18,826,462

Unidentified receipts recognised 1,198,105 784,017

Restoration fees 5,667,288 5,252,746

Examination fees 3,102,784 1,752,380

Evaluation fees 2,102,091 939,534

Other professional fees 2,486,368 2,883,823

13 234,556,039 212,688,930

Other operating income

RAF management fees 2,048,505 2,048,505

Profit on sale of assets 98,093 -

Other rental income 188,844 188,844

Other recoveries - RAF 20,928,995 16,783,469

Sundry revenue - 109,921

Register sales 17,204 14,514

Tender fees 163,960 20,659

Insurance compensation 392,774 111,655

14 23,838,375 19,277,567

Other operating gains (losses)

Losses on disposal of assets or settlement of liabilities (298,252) (112,701)

Expenses (Refer to page 40) (296,833,287) (279,222,998)

Operating loss (38,737,125) (47,369,202)

Investment income 16 21,553,140 22,557,995


Other non-operating gains (losses)

Gains on disposal of assets or settlement of liabilities - 1,132,830

Fair value gains (losses) 270,363 (17,971)

Deficit for the year (17,240,762) (23,696,348)

Detailed Income Statement

The supplementary information presented does not form part of the annual financial statements and is unaudited




Other operating expenses

Amortisation 1,062,703 505,808

Auditors remuneration - external auditors 311,619 311,515

Bad debts - increase/(decrease) in provision 569,894 926,460

Bank charges 4,028,548 3,286,969

Cleaning 714,005 650,633

Airconditioning Expenses 238,123 197,910

Consulting and professional fees 248,060 844,444

Internal Audit Fees 621,018 669,183

Consulting and professional fees - legal fees 6,924,703 13,944,726

RAF Expenses 21,850,626 12,144,719

Depreciation 3,403,783 1,152,579

Employee costs 162,713,273 153,736,027

Tender administrative costs 135,180 202,824

Equipment and furniture less than R1000 70,905 94,255

Strategic projects - BPR, Teambuildings and Strategic Sessions 10,961,363 4,734,048

Settlement labour cases - Employees 204,432 6,044,287

Council, professional board and committee meetings 46,903,567 45,530,183

Insurance 227,155 778,568

IT expenses 8,781,551 7,314,500

Lease rentals on operating lease 3,432,052 1,572,152

Municipal expenses 2,795,547 2,158,074

Postage 2,224,458 3,345,773

Printing and stationery 3,825,534 5,216,997

Public relations and promotions 5,222,271 7,260,584

Repairs and maintenance 1,517,048 1,220,440

Security 1,221,394 915,370

Subscriptions & library costs 133,375 205,302

Telephone and fax 1,927,238 1,695,552

International conference 4,563,862 2,563,116

296,833,287 279,222,998

The supplementary information presented does not form part of the annual financial statements and is unaudited

Contact Details553 Madiba StreetArcadiaPretoriaSouth Africa

P O Box 205Pretoria0001South Africa

Tel: (+27) 12 338 9300 (+27) 12 338 9301Fax: (+27) 12 328 5120Email: [email protected]

RP196/2017ISBN: 978-0-621-45596-0

Title of Publication:Health Professions Council of South Africa (HPCSA)Annual Report 2017/18